Definitive Proxy Statement
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION

Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

(Amendment No.    )

Filed by the Registrant  x                        Filed by a Party other than the Registrant  ¨

Check the appropriate box:

 

¨   Preliminary Proxy Statement
¨   Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
x   Definitive Proxy Statement
¨   Definitive Additional Materials
¨   Soliciting Material Pursuant to §240.14a-12
OptimumBank Holdings, Inc.
(Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
x   No fee required.
¨   Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
  1)  

Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:

 

 

   

 

  2)  

Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:

 

 

   

 

  3)  

Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):

 

 

   

 

  4)  

Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:

 

 

   

 

  5)   Total fee paid:
   
   

 

¨   Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
¨   Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
  1)  

Amount previously paid:

 

 

   

 

  2)  

Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:

 

 

   

 

  3)  

Filing Party:

 

 

   

 

  4)  

Date Filed:

 

 

   

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 

PROXY STATEMENT

SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2011

A Special Meeting of Shareholders of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc.

will be held on September 28, 2011, at 10:00 A.M. at the

Executive Offices of OptimumBank located at

2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308

 

 

PROXY VOTING OPTIONS

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!

Whether or not you expect to attend in person, we urge you to vote your shares by phone, via the Internet, or by signing, dating, and returning the enclosed proxy card at your earliest convenience. This will ensure the presence of a quorum at the meeting. Promptly voting your shares will save us the expense and extra work of additional solicitation. Submitting your proxy now will not prevent you from voting your shares at the meeting if you want to do so, as your vote by proxy is revocable at your option.

Voting by the Internet or telephone is fast, convenient, and your vote is immediately confirmed and tabulated. Most important, by using the Internet or telephone, you help us reduce postage and proxy tabulation costs.

Or, if you prefer, you can return the enclosed Proxy Card in the envelope provided.

PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY CARD IF YOU ARE VOTING OVER THE INTERNET OR BY TELEPHONE.

 

VOTE BY INTERNET

 

http://www.cstproxyvote.com/

24 hours a day / 7 days a week

 

INSTRUCTIONS:

Read the accompanying Proxy Statement.

Go to the following website

http://www.cstproxyvote.com/

Have your Proxy Card in hand and follow the

instructions

  

VOTE BY TELEPHONE

 

1-866-894-0537 via touch tone phone

toll-free 24 hours a day / 7 days a week

 

INSTRUCTIONS:

Read the accompanying Proxy Statement.

Call 1-866-894-0537.

Have your Proxy Card in hand and follow the

instructions.


Table of Contents

LOGO

2477 East Commercial Boulevard

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

To Be Held on September 28, 2011

To Our Shareholders:

You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of Shareholders of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) to be held on Wednesday, September 28, 2011, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, at the executive offices of OptimumBank, located at 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308, for the following purposes:

1. To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the issuance of up to 37,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in a proposed private placement;

2. To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve an amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares;

3. To consider and vote upon an adjournment of the special meeting, including if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes in favor of Proposal Nos. 1 or 2; and

4. To transact such other business as may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

Shareholders of record at the close of business on August 15, 2011 are entitled to notice and to vote at the special meeting and any adjournment or postponement of the meeting.

Whether or not you plan to attend the special meeting, it is important that your shares be represented and voted at the meeting. Therefore, I urge you to promptly vote and submit your proxy by phone, via the Internet, or by signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy card in the enclosed envelope. If you decide to attend the special meeting, you will be able to vote in person, even if you have previously submitted your proxy.

If you need directions to the special meeting, please call the Company’s offices at (954) 776-2332 (Extension 101).

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

By Order of the

LOGO
Sam Borek

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

August 31, 2011


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Voting Procedures     2   
Proposal No.  1: Approval for Purposes of the NASDAQ Rule 5635 of the Issuance of up to 37,500,000 Shares of the Company’s Common Stock in a Proposed Private Placement, including the Issuance of up to 5,125,000 of these Shares to the Company’s Directors and Executive Officers     4   
Proposal No. 2: Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to Increase Authorized Shares of Common Stock     11   
Proposal No. 3: Approval of Possible Adjournment of the Special Meeting     13   
Forward-Looking Statements     13   
Principal Shareholders     14   
Submission of Shareholder Proposals for 2011 Annual Meeting     15   
Additional Information     16   
Miscellaneous     16   
Appendix A: Proposed Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation     17   
Appendix B: Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2011  
Appendix C: Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2010  


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

2477 East Commercial Boulevard

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308

PROXY STATEMENT

Special Meeting of Shareholders to be held on September 28, 2011

The enclosed proxy is solicited on behalf of the Board of Directors of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., a Florida corporation (the “Company”), for use at the special meeting of shareholders to be held on Wednesday, September 28, 2011, at 10:00 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, or at any adjournment or postponement of the meeting, for the purposes set forth in this proxy statement and in the accompanying Notice of Special Meeting.

The special meeting will be held at the executive offices of OptimumBank, located at 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida.

The Company intends to mail this proxy statement and accompanying proxy card on or about August 31, 2011 to all shareholders entitled to vote at the special meeting.

All expenses incurred in connection with this solicitation will be paid by the Company.

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting To Be

Held on September 28, 2011

This Proxy Statement is also available at www.optimumbank.com/stockholders.html

Purposes of the Special Meeting

The special meeting has been called for the following purposes:

1. To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve the issuance of up to 37,500,000 shares of Company’s common stock in a proposed private placement;

2. To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve an amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares;

3. To consider and vote upon an adjournment of the special meeting, including if necessary, to solicit additional proxies if there are not sufficient votes in favor of Proposal Nos. 1 or 2; and

4. To transact such other business as may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

 

1


Table of Contents

VOTING PROCEDURES

How You Can Vote

You may vote your shares by proxy or in person using one of the following methods:

 

   

Voting by Telephone. You may vote using the directions on your proxy card by calling the toll-free telephone number printed on the card. The deadline for voting by telephone is Tuesday, September 27, 2011, at 7:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time. If you received a proxy card and vote by telephone, you need not return your proxy card.

 

   

Voting by Internet. You may vote over the Internet using the directions on your proxy card by accessing the website address printed on the card. The deadline for voting over the Internet is Tuesday, September 27, 2011, at 7:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time. If you received a proxy card and vote over the Internet, you need not return your proxy card.

 

   

Voting by Proxy Card. You may vote by completing and returning your signed proxy card. To vote using your proxy card, please mark, date and sign the card and return it by mail in the accompanying postage-paid envelope. You should mail your signed proxy card sufficiently in advance for it to be received by Tuesday, September 27, 2011.

 

   

Voting in Person. You may vote in person at the special meeting if you are the record owner of the shares to be voted. You can also vote in person at the special meeting if you present a properly signed proxy that authorizes you to vote shares on behalf of the record owner.

Record Date and Voting Rights

The Board has fixed the close of business on August 15, 2011, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the special meeting and any adjournment or postponement of the special meeting. As of the close of business on August 15, 2011, the Company had outstanding 819,358 shares of common stock, the holders of which, or their proxies, are entitled to one vote per share. The presence at the special meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the special meeting will constitute a quorum.

How You Can Vote Shares Held by a Broker, Bank or Other Nominee

If your shares are held in the name of a broker, bank or other nominee, you will receive instructions from the holder of record. You must follow the instructions of the holder of record in order for your shares to be voted. If your shares are not registered in your own name and you plan to vote your shares in person at the special meeting, you should contact your broker or agent to obtain a legal proxy or broker’s proxy card and bring it to the special meeting in order to vote.

For shares held in “street name” through a broker, bank or other nominee, the broker, bank or nominee may not be permitted to exercise voting discretion with respect to the matters to be acted upon. Thus, if you do not give your broker, bank or nominee specific instructions, your shares may not be voted on those matters and will not be counted in determining the number of shares necessary for approval.

How Your Proxy Will Be Voted

If you vote by proxy, the proxy holders will vote your shares in the manner you indicate. You may specify whether your shares should be voted:

 

2


Table of Contents
   

for or against the issuance of shares of common stock in the proposed private placement;

 

   

for or against the amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of common stock from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares; and

 

   

for or against granting discretionary authority to the Board of Directors to vote to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, in order to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient affirmative votes present at the special meeting to approve Proposals Nos. 1 and 2.

If the proxy card is signed and returned, but voting directions are not made, the proxy will be voted in favor of the proposals set forth in the accompanying “Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders” and in such manner as the proxy holders named on the enclosed proxy card in their discretion determine upon such other business as may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof.

How You Can Revoke Your Proxy and Change Your Vote

Any proxy given pursuant to this solicitation may be revoked by the person giving it at any time before it is voted by:

 

   

attending the special meeting and voting in person;

 

   

delivering a written revocation to the Company’s President;

 

   

timely submitting another signed proxy card bearing a later date; or

 

   

timely voting by telephone or over the Internet as described above.

Your most current proxy card or telephone or Internet proxy is the one that will be counted.

Vote Required

Assuming the existence of a quorum, each of the proposals will be approved if the votes cast for approval of the proposal exceed the votes cast against approval. Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be counted for purposes of determining whether these proposals have received sufficient votes for approval but will be counted for determining the existence of a quorum.

 

3


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 1

APPROVAL FOR PURPOSES OF THE NASDAQ RULE 5635 OF THE ISSUANCE OF UP TO 37,500,000 SHARES OF THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK IN A PROPOSED PRIVATE PLACEMENT, INCLUDING THE ISSUANCE OF UP TO 5,125,000 OF THESE SHARES TO THE COMPANY’S DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The Company is seeking shareholder approval for the issuance of up to 37,500,000 shares of Company’s common stock in a proposed private placement (the “Offering”), including the issuance of up to 5,125,000 of these shares to the Company’s directors and executive officers.

On July 7, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the proposed Offering of up to 37,500,000 shares at a price of $.40 per share. The closing of the Offering is subject to the sale of a minimum of 25,000,000 shares, the approval of the issuance of the shares by the Company’s shareholders, and the amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of common stock from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares.

If these conditions are fulfilled, the Company will receive minimum gross proceeds from the Offering of $10,000,000 and maximum gross proceeds of $15,000,000.

Why We Are Seeking Shareholder Approval

The issuance of shares in the Offering is being submitted to the shareholders at the special meeting to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of NASDAQ Rule 5635.

Under NASDAQ Rule 5635(b), companies that have securities listed on NASDAQ must obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of common stock when the issuance or potential issuance would result in a “change of control” as defined by NASDAQ (the “Change of Control Rule”). NASDAQ generally characterizes a transaction whereby an investor or group of investors acquires, or obtains the right to acquire, 20% or more of the voting power of an issuer on a post-transaction basis as a “change of control” for purposes of Rule 5635(b).

Under NASDAQ Rule 5635(c), as interpreted by NASDAQ, companies which have securities listed on NASDAQ must also obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of common stock in a private offering to the Company’s executive officers, directors and their affiliates at a price less than the market value per share (the “Insider Purchase Rule”).

Under NASDAQ Rule 5635(d), companies that have securities listed on NASDAQ must obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of common stock in a private offering at a price less than the greater of the book and market value per share of such common stock, if the issuance amounts to twenty percent (20%) or more of the common stock or twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of a company outstanding before the issuance (the “20% Rule”).

The Company’s Board of Directors has submitted this Proposal No. 1 to the Company’s shareholders for approval because the Change of Control Rule, the Insider Purchase Rule and the 20% Rule may apply to issuance of the Company’s common stock in the Offering.

The closing price of the Company’s common stock on August 15, 2011 was $.70 per share, which is greater than the offering price of $.40 per share in the Offering.

 

4


Table of Contents

As of August 15, 2011, the Company had issued and outstanding 819,358 shares of common stock. If the Company were to sell all 37,500,000 shares in the Offering, the investors in the Offering would acquire shares representing approximately 98% of the outstanding shares of the Company.

The executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank have committed to purchase 5,125,000 shares in the Offering.

The approval sought under this Proposal No. 1 will be effective to satisfy the shareholder approval required by the Insider Purchase Rule and the 20% Rule. Under the NASDAQ Rule 5635, the minimum vote which will constitute shareholder approval of this Proposal No. 1 for the purposes of the Insider Purchase Rule and the 20% Rule is a majority of the total votes cast on the proposal in person or by proxy at the special meeting.

Background and Reasons for the Offering

The reason for the Offering is to raise the capital for the Company’s bank subsidiary, Optimum Bank (the “Bank”).

Starting in 2008 and continuing into 2011, the Bank has experienced a substantial increase in the level of its non-performing loans, with associated credit losses, as a result of the nationwide economic recession and the related collapse in real estate values in south Florida.

The Bank’s non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate grew from $5.2 million on December 31, 2008 to $29.4 million on December 31, 2009 and then to $37.7 million at December 31, 2010.

Most of these non-performing assets consist of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate located in southeast Florida. The increase in these nonperforming loans has adversely affected the operating results and financial condition of the Company and the Bank by increasing the provision for loan losses and other legal and related expenses and by reducing income which would have been received if the loans were performing.

During the six months ended June 30, 2011, nonperforming assets, including loans and foreclosed real estate, decreased slightly by $0.3 million, or 8.0%, to $37.4 million. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets increased during this period from 19.8% as of December 31, 2010 to 21.2% as of June 30, 2011, due to a reduction in overall asset size. The Bank’s allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans decreased during this period from 3.2% as of December 31, 2010 to 2.9% as of June 30, 2011 and the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming assets decreased from 9.8% on December 31, 2010 to 8.3% on June 30, 2011.

Since 2008, the Bank has incurred substantial provisions for loan losses, including $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Due to these provisions and other factors, the Company sustained net losses of $11.5 million in 2009, $8.5 million in 2010, and $3.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011. These net losses have significantly reduced the stockholders’ equity and the regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Bank.

The Company’s financial condition and results of operations are discussed in detail in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 is included as

 

5


Table of Contents

Appendix B, and a copy of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011 is included as Appendix C, to this Proxy Statement.

As a result of the losses incurred by the Bank and related operating issues, on April 16, 2010, the Bank consented to the issuance of an order (the “Consent Order”) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the State of Florida Office of Financial Regulation (the “OFR”). On June 22, 2010, the Company entered into a written agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).

The Consent Order requires, among other things, that the Bank to achieve and maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8.0% of the Bank’s total average assets and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12% of its total risk-weighted assets by July 14, 2010. At June 30, 2011, the Bank reported tier 1 leverage and total risk-based capital ratios of 2.64% and 4.96%, respectively, which are significantly below the required amounts. At June 30, 2011, the Bank would have needed approximately $9.8 million in additional regulatory capital to meet the capital requirements of the Consent Order.

The failure of the Bank to comply with the Consent Order could result in the initiation of further enforcement actions by the FDIC or OFR, including the imposition of civil monetary penalties, the imposition of further operating restrictions and, ultimately, the closing of the Bank.

During the last two years, the Company has taken a number of actions to strengthen the Company’s balance sheet, including the sale of assets and the reduction of certain operating expenses. These efforts have been partially successful in reducing the level of the Bank’s losses, but the Bank still requires additional capital in order to meet the capital requirements of the Consent Order and to return to profitability.

During the last two years, the Company has also attempted to raise capital through several private offerings of the Company’s shares, and to seek an acquisition of the Company or the Bank by another financial institution or strategic purchaser. These efforts have not been successful due to the ongoing losses and deteriorating financial condition of the Company and the Bank.

In July 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company determined that the proposed Offering was the only viable alternative to increase the capital of the Bank.

Reason for the Offering

The reason for the Offering is to raise capital for the Bank.

The leverage capital ratio of the Bank declined to 2.64% at June 30, 2011. Once the leverage capital ratio of the Bank falls to 2% or less, the Bank is considered “critically undercapitalized” under regulations of the FDIC, and the FDIC generally has 90 days to place the Bank into a receivership. Without the infusion of capital from the Offering, it is likely that the Bank’s leverage ratio will fall below 2% by December 31, 2011, and the Bank will be placed into receivership by the FDIC within the first six months of 2012.

If the Offering is successfully completed, the Company will receive a minimum of $10,000,000 and a maximum of $15,000,000 in gross proceeds. Assuming that the Company does not pay any commissions in connection with the Offering, the Company will receive a minimum of $9,925,000 and a maximum of $14,925,000 in net proceeds. If all of these proceeds had been contributed to the Bank as of June 30, 2011, the Bank’s tier 1 leverage and total risk-based capital ratios (on a pro forma basis) would have been 8.06% and 12.56%, respectively at the minimum proceeds and 10.8% and 16.39%, respectively at the maximum proceeds. The actual improvement in the capital ratios will depend on

 

6


Table of Contents

the actual amount of proceeds from the Offering, the closing date of the Offering and the level of the Bank’s losses between June 30, 2011 and the date of the closing. In any case, the completion of the Offering should provide the Bank with enough capital to continue in operation for at least the next three years, assuming that the level of the Bank’s losses does not increase. This should provide the Company and the Bank with the opportunity to implement additional actions to improve the capital and profitability of the Bank, such as reducing problem loans and the related expenses, resuming lending activities, raising additional capital and modifying the Bank’s business plan.

The Board of Directors therefore believes that it is crucial for the Company to complete the Offering in order to avoid an FDIC receivership.

Purchase Price of the Offering

In approving the terms of the proposed Offering, the Board considered the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the price of $.40 per share. The Board determined that the price was fair in light of the following factors:

 

   

The book value of the Company’s common stock at March 31, 2011, which was $2.05 per share.

 

   

The Company’s continuing losses after March 31, 2011.

 

   

The Company’s discussions with prospective purchasers regarding their willingness to invest in the Company at the price of $.40 per share.

 

   

The Company’s unsuccessful prior efforts to raise capital at a higher price per share.

 

   

The Company’s urgent need to raise capital.

The Board did not engage any third parties to assist the Board in its determination of the offering price due to the Company’s limited resources.

Status of Offering

The Company commenced the Offering in July 2011. As of August 29, 2011, the Company had received commitments from 24 investors to purchase a total of 15,937,500 shares in the Offering, consisting of the following:

 

   

Eighteen investors have entered into binding subscription agreements with the Company for the purchase of 3,937,500 shares. These investors have also deposited $1,575,000 in escrow to fund the purchase of their shares.

 

   

Six investors have entered into binding purchase agreements with the Company for the purchase of 12,000,000 shares. These investors have agreed to deposit $4,800,000 in escrow on or before September 24, 2011 to fund the purchase of their shares.

None of the investors is expected to purchase shares that will result in such shareholder owning more than 9.9% of the Company’s common stock after the Offering.

The Company is continuing to hold discussions with prospective investors identified by the Company and its directors and officers.

 

7


Table of Contents

Assuming that the shareholders approve this Proposal No. 1 and Proposal No. 2, and the Company obtains subscriptions or commitments for at least 9,062,500 more shares from investors, then the Company expects to complete the sale of the shares not later than September 30, 2011.

Proposed Increase in Authorized Common Stock

The Company is also seeking shareholder approval to increase the Company’s authorized common stock from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares as discussed in Proposal No. 2 in this proxy statement. Unless the proposal to increase the authorized common stock is approved, the Company will not be able to complete the Offering of the shares.

Possible Purchases by Executive Officers and Directors

The executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank have indicated that they intend to purchase either directly or through affiliates up to 5,125,000 shares in the Offering. The maximum amounts which may be purchased by each executive officer, director or his affiliates are as follows:

 

Name of Executive Officer or Director

  

Maximum Number to be Purchased

 

Moishe Gubin

     2,500,000   

Sam Borek

     2,500,000   

Wendy Mitchler

     125,000   

Moishe Gubin, Sam Borek and Wendy Mitchler have committed to purchase 2,500,000, 2,500,000, and 125,000 shares, respectively, in the Offering. Except for these individuals, the executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank are not expected to purchase any shares in the Offering.

Plan of Distribution

The Shares have been offered on behalf of the Company by the officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Bank.

The Company has reserved the right to engage third parties to assist in the Offering of the shares, to pay them fees or other compensation that will not exceed six percent (6%) of the gross proceeds received from the sale of the shares and to issue them common stock purchase warrants on terms to be determined by the Company.

The Company previously entered into an agreement with CP Capital, Inc., a registered securities broker-dealer (“CP Capital”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to pay CP Capital a placement fee of six percent (6%) on the amounts invested by investors introduced by CP Capital. Although the term of the agreement with CP Capital has expired, the Company remains obligated to pay CP Capital a fee of six percent (6.0%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from investors previously introduced by CP Capital who participate in this offering. The Company does not currently expect to pay any fees to CP Capital.

 

8


Table of Contents

If the Company does pay fees to any third parties, the net proceeds to the Company will be reduced by up to $600,000 in the case of the minimum offering and $900,000 in the case of the maximum offering.

Investors

The Company currently plans to sell the shares in the Offering exclusively to investors who are “accredited investors” under Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act. This proxy statement does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation to buy any of the shares.

Maximum Purchase – 9.99% Ownership Limitation

No investor may acquire shares in the Offering which would result in the investor owning more than 9.99% of the Company’s common stock following the completion of the Offering, except with the written approval of the Company and any applicable regulatory authorities. The Company does not currently expect to permit any investor to exceed this limitation.

Registration of Common Stock

The Company will grant each investor who acquires shares in the Offering limited registration rights. The Company will generally be obligated to register, at its expense, the shares held by such investors as soon as practicable after the issuance of the shares, subject to certain conditions, including: (i) the Company will not be required to file registration statements on behalf of all investors more than one time (except in connection with certain piggyback registration rights); and (ii) the Company will not be required to register any Shares unless the offering of the Shares can be registered on Form S-3.

Use of Proceeds

The Company will receive a minimum of $10,000,000 and maximum of $15,000,000 in gross proceeds from the offering. Assuming that the Company does not pay any placement fees or other compensation in connection with the sale of the shares, the Company will receive net proceeds of $9,925,000 and $14,925,000 after the payment of other offering expenses. If the Company does pay fees or compensation in connection with the offering, the net proceeds to the Company will be reduced by up to $600,000 in the case of the minimum offering and $900,000 in the case of the maximum offering.

The Company will use the proceeds of the Offering for the following purposes:

 

   

to make capital contributions to the Bank to increase the capital of the Bank.

 

   

to establish a capital reserve at the Company to support the future operation and growth of the Company and the Bank.

The Bank will utilize the amounts received from the Company to make loans and purchase investment securities.

Impact of the Issuance of Common Stock on Existing Shareholders

If this Proposal No. 1 is approved and the Company sells all of the shares in the Offering, these shares would represent 98% of the shares of the Company’s common stock then outstanding. If this occurred, the Company’s existing shareholders would hold only 2% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock and would have relatively little influence over the Company’s affairs.

 

9


Table of Contents

The issuance of the shares may result in a change in ownership as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Pursuant to Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, the annual use of the Company’s net operating losses (“NOLs”) will be limited if there is a cumulative change of ownership (as that term is defined in Section 382(g) of the Code) of greater than 50% in the past three years. If a Section 382 ownership change occurs, there would be a substantial limitation on the Company’s ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. At June 30, 2011, the Company had approximately $12.1 million of NOL carryforwards for federal income tax purposes, and approximately $23.0 million of NOL carryforwards for Florida state income tax purposes. There is no assurance, however, that the Company will generate taxable income in the future against which the NOLs could be applied.

Dissenters’ Rights

Under Florida law, shareholders are not entitled to dissenters’ rights with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Proposal No. 1.

Impact if Proposal No. 1 is Not Approved

The sale of the Shares is contingent upon the approval of the Company’s shareholders of this Proposal No. 1.

If the Company is unable to complete the sale of the shares in the Offering, then the Company intends to seek alternative funding for the Bank. However, the Company is uncertain whether the alternative funding would be available, or even if available, whether it would be on terms less favorable to the Company. If the Company is unsuccessful in obtaining additional funding, then it is likely that the Bank will be closed by the FDIC.

Vote Required

Under the NASDAQ Rules, the minimum vote which will constitute shareholder approval of this Proposal No. 1 for the purposes of the NASDAQ Rule 5635 is the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes cast on this Proposal No. 1.

Assuming the existence of a quorum, Proposal No. 1 will be approved if the number of shares voted in favor of the proposal to approve the issuance of shares of common stock in the Offering exceeds the number of shares voted against the proposal. As such, abstentions and broker non-votes will not affect the outcome of the vote but will be counted for determining the existence of a quorum.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” PROPOSAL No. 1.

 

10


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 2

AMENDMENT TO THE COMPANY’S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO INCREASE

AUTHORIZED SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

Overview

The Company’s board of directors has unanimously approved a proposal to amend its articles of incorporation to increase the authorized shares of common stock of the Company from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares, subject to stockholder approval. The board has declared this amendment to be advisable and recommended that this proposal be presented to the Company’s stockholders for approval. The text of the form of proposed amendment to Company’ articles of incorporation to increase the authorized shares of common stock of Company to 50,000,000 shares is attached to this proxy statement as Appendix A.

If the Company’s stockholders approve this Proposal No. 2 and Proposal No. 1 to approve the issuance of Company common stock in the Offering, the Company expects to file articles of amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock immediately prior to the proposed Offering. Upon filing, the articles of amendment to the Company’ articles of incorporation will increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 1,500,000 to 50,000,000.

On August 15, 2011, the record date for the Company special meeting, the Company had an aggregate of 819,358 shares outstanding, and had reserved approximately 58,947 shares of common stock for issuance under outstanding stock options.

The primary reason for this increase in the authorized shares is to complete the Offering. Nevertheless, if the Company’ stockholders approve the amendment but do not approve Proposal No. 1 to approve the issuance of shares in the Offering, the Company’s board will file the amendment in order to facilitate the sale of shares in the future.

Reasons for the Increase in Authorized Shares

The primary reason for the increase in authorized shares is to complete the Offering. At present, the Company does not have sufficient authorized shares of its common stock in order to complete the Offering. Additionally, the approval of the amendment is a closing condition to the obligations of the investors in the Offering.

Although at present, apart from the shares to be issued pursuant to the Offering and pursuant to its outstanding stock options, the Company has no commitments or agreements to issue additional shares of common stock, it desires to have additional shares available to provide additional flexibility to use its capital stock for business and financial purposes in the future. In this regard, in connection with Company’ evaluation of its strategic and financing alternatives, Company may determine to issue additional shares of its common stock at any time following the completion of the Offering. In addition, the additional shares may be used for various purposes without further stockholder approval, except as may be required by applicable law, regulations promulgated by government agencies, the rules of the NASDAQ or other market or exchange on which Company common stock is then listed. These purposes may include, among others:

 

   

raising capital;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

providing equity incentives to employees, officers or directors;

 

   

establishing strategic relationships with other companies; and

 

   

expanding the business of the Company through the acquisition of other financial institutions.

The terms of additional shares of common stock will be identical to those of the currently outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock. However, because holders of the Company’s common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of the Company, the issuance of any additional shares of common stock authorized as a result of the increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock will substantially reduce the current stockholders’ percentage of ownership interest in the total outstanding shares of common stock.

Effects of the Increase in Authorized Shares

Assuming that the Offering is completed, the Company will issue a minimum of 25,000,000 shares and a maximum of 37,500,000 shares. This would increase the total number of outstanding shares from 819,358 shares to either 25,819,358 shares or 38,319,358 shares. As a result, the number of authorized but unissued shares would be either 24,180,642 or 11,680,642.

In addition to the effect of the Offering, the proposed increase in the authorized number of shares of common stock could have a number of other effects on the stockholders of the Company depending upon the exact nature and circumstances of any actual issuances of authorized but unissued shares. The increase could have an anti-takeover effect, in that additional shares could be issued (within the limits imposed by applicable law) in one or more transactions that could make a change in control or takeover of the Company more difficult. For example, additional shares could be issued by the Company so as to dilute the stock ownership or voting rights of persons seeking to obtain control of the Company. Similarly, the issuance of additional shares to certain persons allied with the Company’ management could have the effect of making it more difficult to remove the Company’ management by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of persons seeking to cause such removal.

The proposed amendment to Company’s articles of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 1,500,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares will be effective upon the filing of the articles of amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida. The Company expects to file such proposed amendment immediately prior to the completion of the proposed Offering. As previously noted, the proposed amendment to the Company’ articles of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock is a condition to the consummation of the Offering.

Vote Required; Recommendation of Company Board of Directors

Assuming the existence of a quorum, this proposal will be approved if the number of shares voted in favor of this Proposal No. 2 exceeds the number of shares voted against the proposal. As such, abstentions and broker non-votes will not affect the outcome of the vote, but will be counted for determining the existence of a quorum.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” PROPOSAL NO. 2 TO APPROVE AN AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK TO 50,000,000 SHARES.

 

12


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL NO. 3:

POSSIBLE ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING

If the Company fails to receive a sufficient number of votes to approve any of Proposal Nos. 1 or 2, the Company’s Board of Directors may propose to adjourn the special meeting, if a quorum is present, for a period of not more than 30 days for the purpose of soliciting additional proxies to approve any of Proposal Nos. 1 or 2. The Company currently does not intend to propose adjournment at the special meeting if there are sufficient votes to approve each of Proposal Nos. 1 or 2.

Vote Required; Recommendation of the Company Board of Directors

Assuming the existence of a quorum, this proposal will be approved if the number of shares voted in favor of this Proposal No. 3 exceeds the number of shares voted against the proposal.

The failure to submit a proxy card or vote at the special meeting, or an abstention, vote withheld or “broker non-votes” will be counted towards a quorum but will have no effect on the outcome of this Proposal No. 3.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT ALL STOCKHOLDERS VOTE “FOR” PROPOSAL NO. 3 TO ADJOURN THE SPECIAL MEETING, IF NECESSARY, IF A QUORUM IS PRESENT, TO SOLICIT ADDITIONAL PROXIES IF THERE ARE NOT SUFFICIENT VOTES IN FAVOR OF PROPOSAL NOS. 1 AND 2.

PROPOSAL NO. 4

OTHER MATTERS

The Board of Directors does not know of any other matters which will be presented for consideration at the special meeting. If any other matters are properly brought before the special meeting, the proxy holders will vote on such matter in accordance with their best judgment.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Information in this Proxy Statement contains forward-looking statements. These statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially, including without limitation, the inability to comply with the requirements of the Consent Order, delays in obtaining or failure to receive any required regulatory approvals necessary for the Offering, the possibility that fewer than the required number of the Company’s shareholders vote to approve the issuance of common stock under the terms of the Offering or the amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, and other uncertainties arising in connection with the Offering. Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are discussed in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including without limitation its Annual Report on Form 10-K, its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and its Current Reports on Form 8-K. The Company does not undertake a duty to update any forward-looking statements in this Proxy Statement.

 

13


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of August 15, 2011, the number and percentage of shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by:

 

   

each shareholder who owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares; and

 

   

each of the directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank.

The Company determines beneficial ownership based on the rules of the SEC. In general, beneficial ownership includes shares over which a person has sole or shared voting or investment power and shares which he has the right to acquire within 60 days of August 15, 2011. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons listed have sole voting and investment power or have shared voting and investment power with a spouse over the shares beneficially owned.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owners:*   

Number of

Shares

Beneficially

Owned

          

Percent of

Class

 

Directors and Executive Officers:

       

Sam Borek, Chairman of the Board

     53,549         (1     6.48
Richard L. Browdy, President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of the Company and the Bank      29,419         (2     3.48

Larry Willis, Director of the Company and the Bank

     26,898         (3     3.25

Wendy Mitchler, Director of the Company and the Bank

     7,396         (4     .90

Robert Acri, Director of the Company and the Bank

     —             —     
Thomas A. Procelli, Executive Vice President and Director of the Bank      12,101         (5     1.46

Moishe Gubin, Director of OptimumBank

     —             —     

Howard Zusman, Senior Vice President of Lending of the Bank

     —             —     

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

     129,363         (6 )(7)      14.84

Other Greater than 5% Shareholders

       

H. David Krinsky

     86,824         (8     10.60

Hillard Garlovsky

     56,299         (9     6.87

 

* Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of our directors and executive officers is OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308.

 

14


Table of Contents

Notes to beneficial ownership table:

 

  (1) Includes options to acquire 7,596 shares of common stock; 225 shares held by wife; 10,119 shares held by an entity controlled by reporting person; and 22,848 shares pledged as security.

 

  (2) Includes options to acquire 25,069 shares of common stock; 62 shares held by children.

 

  (3) Includes options to acquire 7,596 shares of common stock; 31 shares held by daughter and 17,445 shares held by an entity controlled by reporting person.

 

  (4) Includes options to acquire 4,558 shares of common stock.

 

  (5) Includes options to acquire 7,596 shares of common stock, and 53 shares held by wife.

 

  (6) Includes options to acquire 52,415 shares of common stock.

 

  (7) Calculated based on 819,358 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 15, 2011, plus options exercisable within sixty days of August 15, 2011 for the individual or the group, as applicable.

 

  (8) The ownership information is based on a Form 4 dated September 1, 2009, filed with the SEC by H. David Krinsky. Includes 3,039 shares held by an entity controlled by reporting person and 2,432 shares held by children.

 

  (9) The ownership information is based entirely on the information contained in a Schedule 13G, dated January 25, 2009, filed with the SEC by Hillard Garlovsky.

SUBMISSION OF SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2011 ANNUAL MEETING

Any proposals which shareholders intend to present for a vote at the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and which such shareholders desire to have included in the Company’s proxy materials relating to that meeting, were required to be received by the Company on or before August 1, 2011, which was 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the proxy statement relating to the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Proposals received after that date will not be considered for inclusion in such proxy materials.

If a shareholder intends to present a matter for a vote at the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, other than by submitting a proposal for inclusion in the Company’s Proxy Statement for that meeting, the shareholder must give timely notice in accordance with SEC rules. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received by the Company’s President at its principal office, 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308, on or before November 14, 2011, which is not later than the close of business on the 45th day prior to the first anniversary of the proxy statement relating to the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. It is requested that such notice set forth (a) as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting; and (b) the name and record address of the shareholder, the class and number of shares of common stock of the Company that are beneficially owned by the shareholder and any material interest of the shareholder in such business.

 

15


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Shareholders Sharing the Same Last Name and Address. Only one Proxy Statement may be delivered to multiple shareholders sharing an address unless the Company has received contrary instructions from one or more of the shareholders. The Company will deliver promptly upon written or oral request a separate copy of the Proxy Statement to a shareholder at a shared address to which a single copy of the documents was delivered. Requests for additional copies should be directed to Richard L. Browdy, President, OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308 (telephone number 954-776-2332). Shareholders sharing an address and currently receiving a single copy may contact Mr. Browdy as described above to request that multiple copies be delivered in the future. Shareholders sharing an address and currently receiving multiple copies may request delivery of a single copy in the future by contacting Mr.  Browdy as described above.

MISCELLANEOUS

Costs of Soliciting Proxies. The Company will pay all expenses incurred in connection with this solicitation, including postage, printing, handling and the actual expenses incurred by custodians, nominees and fiduciaries in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners. Additionally, the Company has engaged Morrow & Co., LLC, to assist in the distribution of proxy materials and the solicitation of proxies by mail, telephone, facsimile, or personal meetings. The Company estimates the fees of Morrow & Co., LLC, to be $5,000 plus expenses. In addition to solicitation by mail, certain of the Company’s officers, directors and regular employees, who will receive no additional compensation for their services, may solicit proxies by telephone, personal communication or other means. The Company will also reimburse brokerage firms and other persons representing beneficial owners of shares for reasonable expenses incurred in forwarding proxy soliciting materials to the beneficial owners.

 

16


Table of Contents

Appendix A

PROPOSED ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO

THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

The Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC., a Florida corporation (the “Corporation”), are hereby amended pursuant to the provisions of Section 607.10025 of the Florida Business Corporation Act, and such amendments are set forth as follows:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is “OptimumBank Holdings, Inc.”

SECOND: The first sentence of the first paragraph (a) of Article III is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the corporation shall have authority to issue is 56,000,000 shares, of which 50,000,000 shares shall be common stock, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and of which 6,000,000 shares shall be preferred stock, no par value (“Preferred Stock”).

THIRD: The undersigned hereby certifies that the only voting group entitled to vote on the amendments contained in these Articles of Amendment was the holders of shares of Corporation’s common stock. These Articles of Amendment were duly adopted by the shareholders on September [    ], 2011 at the Corporation’s special meeting of shareholders. The number of vote cast for the amendments above by the shareholders was sufficient for their approval.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Amendment, effective as of this      day of                     , 2011.

 

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

 

Richard L. Browdy

 

President

 

17


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

 

  x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011

or

 

  ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 000-50755

 

 

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Florida   000-50755

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308

(Address of principal executive offices)

954-776-2332

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

N/A

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 819,358 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, issued and outstanding as of August 12, 2011

 

 

 


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

INDEX

 

     Page  

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

  

Item 1. Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets -
June 30, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010

     2   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Three and Six Months ended June  30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     3   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) -
Six Months ended June  30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     4   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Six Months ended June  30, 2011 and 2010 (unaudited)

     5-6   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     7-25   

Item  2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26-33   

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

     34   
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION   

Item 6. Exhibits

     34   
SIGNATURES      35   

 

1


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     June 30,     December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (Unaudited)        

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 846      $ 1,027   

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     926        186   

Federal funds sold

     20,516        13,154   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     22,288        14,367   

Securities available for sale

     38,851        0   

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $100 and $48,839)

     100        51,057   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $3,075 and $3,703

     102,138        113,542   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     2,672        3,173   

Premises and equipment, net

     2,736        2,796   

Foreclosed real estate, net

     5,734        3,215   

Accrued interest receivable

     597        644   

Income taxes receivable

     772        772   

Other assets

     269        739   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 176,157      $ 190,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Liabilities:

    

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

     417        309   

Savings, NOW and money-market deposits

     35,882        36,654   

Time deposits

     101,272        111,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     137,571        148,238   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     31,700        31,700   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155        5,155   

Advanced payment by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     1,051        806   

Official checks

     854        815   

Other liabilities

     993        756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     177,324        187,470   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Preferred stock, no par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

     0        0   

Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized, 819,358 shares issued and outstanding

     8        8   

Additional paid-in capital

     19,071        19,071   

Accumulated deficit

     (19,371     (16,244

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (875     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (1,167     2,835   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 176,157      $ 190,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Interest income:

        

Loans

   $ 1,197      $ 1,588      $ 2,486      $ 3,489   

Securities

     500        494        1,029        1,424   

Other

     14        19        29        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     1,711        2,101        3,544        4,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

        

Deposits

     498        698        1,048        1,456   

Borrowings

     384        420        765        1,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     882        1,118        1,813        2,760   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     829        983        1,731        2,186   

Provision for loan losses

     860        1,501        894        2,193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan losses

     (31     (518     837        (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

        

Service charges and fees

     6        6        16        17   

Loan prepayment fees

     0        2        6        6   

Gain on sale of securities

     153        0        153        1,344   

Other

     46        7        46        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     205        15        221        1,377   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses:

        

Salaries and employee benefits

     461        488        937        910   

Occupancy and equipment

     134        150        267        302   

Data processing

     49        49        101        97   

Professional fees

     459        485        849        783   

Insurance

     113        13        227        27   

Stationary and supplies

     8        12        17        23   

Foreclosed real estate

     592        241        983        283   

Regulatory assessment

     160        131        381        319   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     0        0        0        3,699   

Other

     168        52        423        157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     2,144        1,621        4,185        6,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,970   $ (2,124   $ (3,127   $ (5,230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

        

Basic

   $ (2.40   $ (2.59   $ (3.82   $ (6.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (2.40   $ (2.59   $ (3.82   $ (6.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 

    

 

Common Stock

     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
(Deficit)
 
     Shares      Amount            

Balance at December 31, 2009

     3,276,842       $ 33       $ 19,046       $ (7,791   $ 0      $ 11,288   

Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     0         0         0         (5,230     0        (5,230
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     3,276,842       $ 33       $ 19,046       $ (13,021   $ 0      $ 6,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     819,358       $ 8       $ 19,071       $ (16,244   $ 0      $ 2,835   
               

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2011 (unaudited)

     0         0         0         (3,127     0        (3,127

Unrealized loss on securities available for sale (unaudited)

     0         0         0         0        (875     (875
               

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss (unaudited)

     0         0         0         0        0        (4,002
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011 (unaudited)

     819,358       $ 8       $ 19,071       $ (19,371   $ (875   $ (1,167
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (3,127   $ (5,230

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     65        86   

Provision for loan losses

     894        2,193   

Deferred income taxes

     0        772   

Increase in income taxes receivable

     0        (772

Gain on sale of securities

     (153     (1,344

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     0        3,699   

Net amortization of fees, premiums and discounts

     78        (5

Decrease in other assets

     470        29   

Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate

     166        82   

Write-down of foreclosed real estate

     704        126   

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

     47        315   

Increase (decrease) in official checks and other liabilities

     276        (48
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (580     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of securities held to maturity

     (5,048     0   

Principal repayments of securities held to maturity

     5,428        5,019   

Net decrease in loans

     5,443        8,099   

Proceeds from sale of securities

     10,961        45,428   

Purchase of premises and equipment

     (5     (8

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate, net

     1,643        503   

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     501        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     18,923        59,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (10,667     17,224   

Net decrease in other borrowings

     0        (44,764

Net increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     245        483   

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     0        (26,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (10,422     (53,792
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     7,921        5,152   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

     14,367        36,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

   $ 22,288      $ 41,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(continued)

5


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited), Continued

(In thousands)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for-

    

Interest

   $ 1,744      $ 2,860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net change in unrealized loss on securities available for sale

   $ (875   $ 0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfer of securities held to maturity to available for sale

   $ 50,534      $ 0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate

   $ 5,032      $ 533   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

(1) General. OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. (the “Holding Company”) is a one-bank holding company and owns 100% of OptimumBank (the “Bank”), a state (Florida)-chartered commercial bank. The Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are OB Real Estate Management, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings, LLC and OB Real Estate Holding 1503, LLC, all of which were formed in 2009, OB Real Estate Holdings 1695, OB Real Estate Holdings 1669, OB Real Estate Holdings 1645 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1565, all formed in 2010 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1443 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1620, formed in 2011. The Holding Company’s only business is the operation of the Bank and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank offers a variety of community banking services to individual and corporate customers through its three banking offices located in Broward County, Florida. OB Real Estate Management, LLC is primarily engaged in managing foreclosed real estate. This subsidiary had no activity in 2011 and 2010. All other subsidiaries are primarily engaged in holding and disposing of foreclosed real estate.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company contain all adjustments (consisting principally of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the financial position at June 30, 2011, and the results of operations for the three- and six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

Going Concern. The Company’s continuing high levels of nonperforming assets, declining net interest margin, continuing high levels of noninterest expenses related to the credit problems, and eroding regulatory capital raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Bank has not complied with its regulatory capital requirements set forth in the Consent Order issued by the FDIC and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation (“OFR”) discussed in Note 9, or contained in the FDIC regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The Company needs to raise substantial additional capital for it return to profitability and continue operations. The Company is currently conducting a private placement offering of its common stock to increase regulatory capital. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will raise sufficient capital, if any, in the current private placement offering, to meet the Bank’s capital requirements. Further, there can be no assurance that other financing alternatives or recapitalization plans will be available, forthcoming or successfully implemented, or receive regulatory approval. If the Company is unable to raise capital and the Bank’s regulatory capital levels continue to decline to a level that would cause the Bank to be considered critically undercapitalized (a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2.0%), it is likely that the regulators will take additional enforcement action against the Bank, including placing the Bank into conservatorship or receivership, to protect the interests of depositors insured by the FDIC.

 

(continued)

7


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

 

(1) General, Continued.

 

Comprehensive Loss. Generally accepted accounting principles generally requires that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net loss. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheet, such items along with net loss, are components of comprehensive loss. The only component of other comprehensive loss is the net change in the unrealized loss on the securities available for sale.

Income Taxes. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company assessed its earnings history and trend over the past year and its estimate of future earnings, and determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized in the near term. Accordingly, a valuation allowance was recorded against the net deferred tax asset for the amount not expected to be realized in the future. Based on the available evidence in 2010 and 2011, the Company determined that it is still more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the near term. Accordingly, the valuation allowance was increased in 2010 and 2011 to offset the increase in the net deferred tax asset.

Recent Accounting Standards Update. In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820), which amends the guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. The guidance in ASU 2010-06 requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. Furthermore, ASU 2010-06 requires a reporting entity to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs; clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value; and amends guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require that disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. The ASU was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the rollforward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures were effective January 1, 2011 and for interim periods thereafter. In the period of initial adoption, entities will not be required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(continued)

8


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

 

(1) General, Continued.

 

Recent Accounting Standards Update, Continued. In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The new disclosures will require significantly more information about credit quality in a financial institution’s loan portfolio. This statement addresses only disclosures and does not change recognition or measurement of the allowance. For public entities, the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on December 31, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310) A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. This amends the guidance for troubled debt restructurings. The guidance clarifies the guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. For public entities, the amendments are effective for first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011 and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The adoption of the ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(2) Securities. Securities have been classified according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and approximate fair values are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

At June 30, 2011:

          

Securities Available for Sale-

          

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 39,726       $ 165       $ (1,040   $ 38,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Security Held to Maturity-

          

State of Israel Bond

   $ 100       $ 0       $ 0      $ 100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010:

          

Securities Held to Maturity:

          

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 50,957       $ 130       $ (2,348   $ 48,739   

State of Israel bond

     100         0         0        100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 51,057       $ 130       $ (2,348   $ 48,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(continued)

9


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(2) Securities, Continued. In June 2011, the Company transferred securities with a book value of approximately $50.5 million from the held to maturity category to the available for sale category. The fair value of the securities was $49.8 million resulting in unrealized losses of approximately $0.7 million. The net unrealized loss was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Due to this transfer, the Company will be prohibited from classifying securities as held to maturity for a period of two years. Subsequent to the transfer, the Company sold securities available for sale for gross proceeds of $11.0 million and recognized a gross gain of $0.2 million from the sale of these securities.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company sold twenty-two securities in order to downsize and deleverage its balance sheet. This action was taken in an effort to comply with a significant increase in the regulatory capital requirements imposed on the Bank under a Consent Order issued by the FDIC and OFR (see Note 9). The securities were sold for gross proceeds of $45.4 million. A gain of $1.3 million was recognized from the sale of these securities.

Securities with gross unrealized losses at June 30, 2011, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Less Than Twelve Months      Over Twelve Months  
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Securities Available for Sale-

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 34       $ 7,969       $ 1,006       $ 16,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. A security is impaired if the fair value is less than its carrying value at the financial statement date. When a security is impaired, the Company determines whether this impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses, management assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized in operations. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment recognized in operations is limited to the amount related to credit losses, while impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive loss. Management utilizes cash flow models to segregate impairments to distinguish between impairment related to credit losses and impairment related to other factors. To assess for OTTI, management considers, among other things, (i) the severity and duration of the impairment; (ii) the ratings of the security; (iii) the overall transaction structure (the Company’s position within the structure, the aggregate, near-term financial performance of the underlying collateral, delinquencies, defaults, loss severities, recoveries, prepayments, cumulative loss projections, and discounted cash flows); and (iv) the timing and magnitude of a break in modeled cash flows.

 

(continued)

10


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(2) Securities, Continued. In evaluating mortgage-backed securities with unrealized losses greater than twelve months, management utilizes various resources, including input from independent third party firms to perform an analysis of expected future cash flows. The process begins with an assessment of the underlying collateral backing the mortgage pools. Management develops specific assumptions using as much market data as possible and includes internal estimates as well as estimates published by rating agencies and other third-party sources. The data for the individual borrowers in the underlying mortgage pools are generally segregated by state, FICO score at issue, loan to value at issue and income documentation criteria. Mortgage pools are evaluated for current and expected levels of delinquencies and foreclosures, based on where they fall in the proscribed data set of FICO score, geographics, LTV and documentation type and a level of loss severity is assigned to each security based on its experience. The above-described historical data is used to develop current and expected measures of cumulative default rates as well as ultimate loss frequency and severity within the underlying mortgages. This reveals the expected future cash flows within the mortgage pool. The data described above is then input to an industry recognized model to assess the behavior of the particular security tranche owned by the Company. Significant inputs in this process include the structure of any subordination structures, if applicable, and are dictated by the structure of each particular security as laid out in the offering documents. The forecasted cash flows from the mortgage pools are input through the security structuring model to derive expected cash flows for the specific security owned by the Company to determine if the future cash flows are expected to exceed the book value of the security. The values for the significant inputs are updated on a regular basis. Based on management’s analysis, there was no OTTI charge during 2010 or 2011. In 2009, an OTTI charge of $179,000 was recorded on five securities with a carrying value of $6.8 million at June 30, 2011. There have been no subsequent OTTI charges related to these securities since 2009.

The unrealized losses on twelve investment securities were caused by market conditions. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the book value of the investments. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to market conditions and not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a market price recovery or maturity, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.

 

(continued)

11


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans. The components of loans are as follows (in thousands):

 

     At June 30,     At December 31,  
     2011     2010  

Residential real estate

   $ 37,319      $ 40,130   

Multi-family real estate

     4,161        4,213   

Commercial real estate

     51,807        55,119   

Land and construction

     11,509        17,292   

Consumer

     327        358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     105,123        117,112   

Add (deduct):

    

Net deferred loan fees, costs and premiums

     90        134   

Loan discounts

     0        (1

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,075     (3,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 102,138      $ 113,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of the change in the allowance for loan losses for the three and six-months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,  
     2011        
     Residential
Real
Estate
    Multi-Family
Real

Estate
     Commercial
Real
Estate
    Land
and
Construction
    Consumer     Total     2010  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,314      $ 305       $ 1,445      $ 382      $ 74      $ 3,520      $ 6,843   

Provision for loan losses

     54        2         7        797        0        860        1,501   

Charge-offs

     (309     0         (52     (982     0        (1,343     (4,911

Recoveries

     34        1         0        0        3        38        59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,093      $ 308       $ 1,400      $ 197      $ 77      $ 3,075      $ 3,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011        
     Residential
Real
Estate
    Multi-Family
Real
Estate
     Commercial
Real

Estate
    Land
and
Construction
    Consumer     Total     2010  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,285      $ 282       $ 1,542      $ 514      $ 80      $ 3,703      $ 9,363   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     82        23         (90     888        (9     894        2,193   

Charge-offs

     (307     0         (52     (1,229     0        (1,588     (8,150

Recoveries

     33        3         0        24        6        66        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,093      $ 308       $ 1,400      $ 197      $ 77      $ 3,075      $ 3,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(continued)

12


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued. The Company has divided the loan portfolio into five portfolio segments, each with different risk characteristics and methodologies for assessing risk. The portfolio segments identified by the Company are as follows:

Real Estate Mortgage Loans. Real estate mortgage loans are typically segmented into four categories: Residential real estate, Multi-family real estate, Commercial real estate, and Land and Construction. Residential real estate loans are underwritten in accordance with policies set forth and approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”), including repayment capacity and source, value of the underlying property, credit history and stability. Multi-family and commercial real estate loans are secured by the subject property and are underwritten based upon standards set forth in the policies approved by the Company’s Board. Such standards include, among other factors, loan to value limits, cash flow coverage and general creditworthiness of the obligors. Construction loans to borrowers are to finance the construction of owner occupied and leased properties. These loans are categorized as construction loans during the construction period, later converting to commercial or residential real estate loans after the construction is complete and amortization of the loan begins. Real estate development and construction loans are approved based on an analysis of the borrower and guarantor, the viability of the project and on an acceptable percentage of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. Real estate development and construction loan funds are disbursed periodically based on the percentage of construction completed. The Company carefully monitors these loans with on-site inspections and requires the receipt of lien waivers on funds advanced. Development and construction loans are typically secured by the properties under development or construction, and personal guarantees are typically obtained. Further, to assure that reliance is not placed solely on the value of the underlying property, the Company considers the market conditions and feasibility of proposed projects, the financial condition and reputation of the borrower and guarantors, the amount of the borrower’s equity in the project, independent appraisals, costs estimates and pre-construction sale information. The Company also makes loans on occasion for the purchase of land for future development by the borrower. Land loans are extended for the future development for either commercial or residential use by the borrower. The Company carefully analyzes the intended use of the property and the viability thereof.

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans are extended for various purposes, including purchases of automobiles, recreational vehicles, and boats. Also offered are home improvement loans, lines of credit, personal loans, and deposit account collateralized loans. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income of the borrowers, which can be impacted by economic conditions in their market areas such as unemployment levels. Loans to consumers are extended after a credit evaluation, including the creditworthiness of the borrower(s), the purpose of the credit, and the secondary source of repayment. Consumer loans are made at fixed and variable interest rates and may be made on terms of up to ten years. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of borrowers.

 

(continued)

13


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued. The balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 follows (in thousands):

 

     At June 30,  
     2011  
     Residential
Real
Estate
     Multi-Family
Real
Estate
     Commercial
Real
Estate
     Land
and
Construction
     Consumer      Total  

Individually evaluated for impairment:

                 

Recorded investment

   $ 12,306       $ 0       $ 19,196       $ 6,518       $ 219       $ 38,239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance in allowance for loan losses

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 11       $ 0       $ 0       $ 11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment:

                 

Recorded investment

   $ 25,013       $ 4,161       $ 32,611       $ 4,991       $ 108       $ 66,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance in allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,093       $ 308       $ 1,389       $ 197       $ 77       $ 3,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     At December 31,  
     2010  
     Residential
Real
Estate
     Multi-Family
Real
Estate
     Commercial
Real
Estate
     Land
and
Construction
     Consumer      Total  

Individually evaluated for impairment:

                 

Recorded investment

   $ 12,608       $ 0       $ 21,215       $ 10,649       $ 249       $ 44,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance in allowance for loan losses

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 11       $ 75       $ 0       $ 86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment:

                 

Recorded investment

   $ 27,522       $ 4,213       $ 33,904       $ 6,643       $ 109       $ 72,391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance in allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,285       $ 282       $ 1,531       $ 439       $ 80       $ 3,617   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(continued)

14


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued. The following summarizes the loan credit quality (in thousands):

 

     Pass      OLEM
(Other Loans
Especially
Mentioned)
     Substandard      Doubtful      Loss      Total  

At June 30, 2011:

                 

Residential real estate:

                 

Closed-end mortgages first mortgages

   $ 21,057       $ 3,693       $ 9,387       $ 0       $ 0       $ 34,137   

Closed-end second mortgages

     3,182         0         0         0         0         3,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     24,239         3,693         9,387         0         0         37,319   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

     4,161         0         0         0         0         4,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     11,965         2,081         296         0         0         14,342   

Non-owner-occupied

     16,915         2,819         17,731         0         0         37,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     28,880         4,900         18,027         0         0         51,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

     4,941         50         6,518         0         0         11,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                 

Non-real estate secured

     69         0         150         0         0         219   

Real estate secured

     108         0         0         0         0         108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     177         0         150         0         0         327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,398       $ 8,643       $ 34,082       $ 0       $ 0       $ 105,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010:

                 

Residential real estate:

                 

Closed-end mortgages first mortgages

   $ 23,542       $ 3,697       $ 9,691       $ 0       $ 0       $ 36,930   

Closed-end second mortgages

     3,200         0         0         0         0         3,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     26,742         3,697         9,691         0         0         40,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

     4,213         0         0         0         0         4,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     12,960         1,238         1,837         0         0         16,035   

Non-owner-occupied

     18,042         3,638         17,404         0         0         39,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     31,002         4,876         19,241         0         0         55,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

     4,976         1,667         10,649         0         0         17,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                 

Non-real estate secured

     99         0         151         0         0         250   

Real estate secured

     108         0         0         0         0         108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     207         0         151         0         0         358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 67,140       $ 10,240       $ 39,732       $ 0       $ 0       $ 117,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(continued)

15


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued. Internally assigned loan grades are defined as follows:

Pass – a Pass loan’s primary source of loan repayment is satisfactory, with secondary sources very likely to be realized if necessary. These are loans that conform in all aspects to bank policy and regulatory requirements, and no repayment risk has been identified.

OLEM (Other Loans Especially Mentioned) – an Other Loan Especially Mentioned has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard – a Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful – a loan classified Doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard, with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. The Company fully charges off any loan classified as Doubtful.

Loss – a loan classified Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. The Company fully charges off any loan classified as Loss.

 

(continued)

16


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued. Age analysis of past-due loans is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Accruing Loans                
     30-59
Days
Past Due
     60-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
Than 90
Days
Past Due
     Total
Past
Due
     Current      Nonaccrual
Loans
     Total
Loans
 

At June 30, 2011:

                    

Residential real estate:

                    

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 774       $ 0       $ 0       $ 774       $ 23,975       $ 9,388       $ 34,137   

Closed-end second mortgages

     0         0         0         0         3,182         0         3,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     774         0         0         774         27,157         9,388         37,319   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

     0         0         0         0         4,161         0         4,161   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

     1,319         0         0         1,319         12,732         291         14,342   

Non-owner-occupied

     2,395         0         0         2,395         19,734         15,336         37,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,714         0         0         3,714         32,466         15,627         51,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

     0         290         0         290         4,701         6,518         11,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                    

Non-real estate secured

     0         0         0         0         69         150         219   

Real estate secured

     0         0         0         0         108         0         108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     0         0         0         0         177         150         327   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,488       $ 290       $ 0       $ 4,778       $ 68,662       $ 31,683       $ 105,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010:

                    

Residential real estate:

                    

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 27,239       $ 9,691       $ 36,930   

Closed-end second mortgages

     0         0         0         0         3,200         0         3,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     0         0         0         0         30,439         9,691         40,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

     0         0         0         0         4,213         0         4,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

     0         0         0         0         14,198         1,837         16,035   

Non-owner-occupied

     3,195         0         0         3,195         20,881         15,008         39,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,195         0         0         3,195         35,079         16,845         55,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

     0         0         0         0         9,449         7,843         17,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                    

Non-real estate secured

     99         0         0         99         0         151         250   

Real estate secured

     0         0         0         0         108         0         108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     99         0         0         99         108         151         358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,294       $ 0       $ 0       $ 3,294       $ 79,288       $ 34,530       $ 117,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(continued)

17


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued. The following summarizes the amount of impaired loans (in thousands):

 

     At June 30, 2011      At December 31, 2010  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

With no related allowance recorded:

                 

Residential real estate-

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 12,306       $ 14,001       $ 0       $ 12,608       $ 14,272       $ 0   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     291         298         0         1,837         1,857         0   

Non-owner-occupied

     17,731         20,001         0         18,204         20,466         0   

Land and construction

     6,518         10,276         0         9,980         15,018         0   

Consumer-

                 

Non-real estate secured

     219         219         0         249         249         0   

With an allowance recorded:

                 

Commercial real estate-

                 

Non-owner-occupied

     1,174         1,174         11         1,174         1,174         11   

Land and construction

     0         0         0         669         669         75   

Total:

                 

Residential real estate-

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 12,306       $ 14,001       $ 0       $ 12,608       $ 14,272       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 291       $ 298       $ 0       $ 1,837       $ 1,857       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-owner-occupied

   $ 18,905       $ 21,175       $ 11       $ 19,378       $ 21,640       $ 11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

   $ 6,518       $ 10,276       $ 0       $ 10,649       $ 15,687       $ 75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer-

                 

Non-real estate secured

   $ 219       $ 219       $ 0       $ 249       $ 249       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,239       $ 45,969       $ 11       $ 44,721       $ 53,705       $ 86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average net investment in impaired loans and interest income recognized and received on impaired loans are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,  
     2011      2010  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Received
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Received
 

Residential real estate-

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 11,831       $ 5       $ 10       $ 13,399       $ 89       $ 97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 293       $ 0       $ 7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 355       $ 0       $ 0       $ 509       $ 0       $ 1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-owner-occupied

   $ 19,171       $ 32       $ 94       $ 13,286       $ 82       $ 82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

   $ 7,834       $ 0       $ 36       $ 9,103       $ 6       $ 60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer-

                 

Non-real estate secured

   $ 223       $ 1       $ 1       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,414       $ 38       $ 141       $ 36,590       $ 177       $ 247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(continued)

18


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

 

(3) Loans, Continued.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011      2010  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Received
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Received
 

Residential real estate-

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 12,005       $ 56       $ 88       $ 12,504       $ 197       $ 238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 546       $ 0       $ 14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

   $ 552       $ 0       $ 1       $ 500       $ 0       $ 4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-owner-occupied

   $ 19,317       $ 85       $ 211       $ 13,402       $ 195       $ 214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

   $ 8,191       $ 21       $ 91       $ 10,213       $ 19       $ 158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer-

                 

Non-real estate secured

   $ 228       $ 4       $ 4       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 40,293       $ 166       $ 395       $ 37,165       $ 411       $ 628   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(4) Regulatory Capital. The Bank is required to maintain certain minimum regulatory capital requirements. The following is a summary at June 30, 2011 of the regulatory capital requirements and the Bank’s capital on a percentage basis:

 

     Bank     Regulatory
Requirement
 

Tier I capital to total average assets

     2.64     8.00 %* 

Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets

     3.69     4.00

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     4.96     12.00 %* 

 

* On July 15, 2010, the Bank became subject to these increased capital requirements imposed under the Consent Order, as discussed in Note 9. The Bank is currently not in compliance with these capital ratios.

 

(5) Loss Per Share. Basic loss per share has been computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Basic and diluted loss per share is the same due to the net loss incurred by the Company. All amounts reflect the one-for-four reverse stock split declared in October 2010. Loss per common share has been computed based on the following:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted loss per common share

     819,358         819,358         819,358         819,358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(continued)

19


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(6) Stock-Based Compensation. As of December 31, 2005, all stock options were fully vested and no options have been granted since 2005; therefore, no stock-based compensation has been recognized.

The Company established an Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) for officers, directors and employees of the Company and reserved 157,680 (amended) shares of common stock for the plan. Both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options may be granted under the plan. The exercise price of the stock options is determined by the board of directors at the time of grant, but cannot be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The options vest over three and five years. The options must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant. The Plan terminated on February 27, 2011.

All amounts reflect the one-for-four reverse stock split declared in October 2010. A summary of the activity in the Company’s stock option plan is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     69,132      $ 30.05         

Options expired

     (10,635     18.16         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding and exercisable at June 30, 2011

     58,497      $ 32.21         3.1 years       $ 0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(7) Fair Value Measurements. Securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
     Fair
Value
     Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

As of June 30, 2011-

           

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 38,851         0         38,851         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers of securities between levels of inputs for the six months ended June 30, 2011. There were no securities available for sale as of December 31, 2010.

 

(continued)

20


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(7) Fair Value Measurements, Continued. Impaired collateral-dependent loans are carried at fair value when the current collateral value less estimated selling costs is lower than the carrying value of the loan. Those impaired collateral-dependent loans which are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are as follows (in thousands):

 

    

 

At June 30, 2011

     Losses
Recorded in
Operations
For the Six
Months Ended
 
     Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
     June 30,
2011
 

Residential real estate-

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 3,836       $ 0       $ 0       $ 3,836       $ 869       $ 308   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     291         0         0         291         8         8   

Non-owner-occupied

     8,465         0         0         8,465         2,546         0   

Land and construction

     6,031         0         0         6,031         1,632         920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,623       $ 0       $ 0       $ 18,623       $ 5,055       $ 1,236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     At December 31, 2010     

Losses
Recorded in
Operations
For the

Year Ended

 
     Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
     December 31,
2010
 

Residential real estate-

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 4,136       $ 0       $ 0       $ 4,136       $ 561       $ 561   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     70         0         0         70         20         20   

Non-owner-occupied

     8,893         0         0         8,893         2,583         1,857   

Land and construction

     7,231         0         0         7,231         1,815         1,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 20,330       $ 0       $ 0       $ 20,330       $ 4,979       $ 3,801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a carrying value of $11,221,000 and $15,796,000 at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, were measured for impairment using Level 3 inputs and had a fair value in excess of carrying value.

 

(continued)

21


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(7) Fair Value Measurements, Continued. Foreclosed real estate is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Foreclosed real estate which is measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
     Losses
Recorded
During the
Period
 

At June 30, 2011

   $ 5,734       $ 0       $ 0       $ 5,734       $ 704       $ 704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

   $ 3,215       $ 0       $ 0       $ 3,215       $ 0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows (in thousands):

 

     At June 30, 2011      At December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,288       $ 22,288       $ 14,367       $ 14,367   

Securities available for sale

     38,851         38,851         0         0   

Securities held to maturity

     100         100         51,057         48,839   

Loans

     102,138         102,184         113,542         113,513   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     2,672         2,672         3,173         3,173   

Accrued interest receivable

     597         597         644         644   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposit liabilities

     137,571         138,338         148,238         148,929   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     31,700         33,583         31,700         33,425   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155         4,727         5,155         4,740   

Off-balance sheet financial instruments

     0         0         0         0   

Discussion regarding the assumptions used to compute the fair values of financial instruments can be found in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

(continued)

22


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(8) Regulatory Matters- Company. The Company is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). On June 22, 2010, the Company entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta (“Reserve Bank”) with respect to certain aspects of the operation and management of the Company (the “Written Agreement”). The Written Agreement contains the following principal requirements:

 

   

The board of directors of the Company must take appropriate steps to fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to serve as a source of strength to the Bank, including, but not limited to, taking steps to ensure that the Bank complies with the Consent Order entered into with the OFR and the FDIC and any other supervisory action taken by the Bank’s state or federal regulator.

 

   

The Company may not declare or pay any dividends without prior Reserve Bank and Federal Reserve approval.

 

   

The Company may not, directly or indirectly, take dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from the Bank without prior Reserve Bank approval.

 

   

The Company and its nonbank subsidiary, OptimumBank Holdings Capital Trust I, may not make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Federal Reserve.

 

   

The Company and its nonbank subsidiary, OptimumBank Holdings Capital Trust I, may not, directly or indirectly, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt or purchase or redeem any shares of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

 

   

The Company must obtain prior written consent from the Reserve Bank before appointing any new director or senior executive officer, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the officer would assume a different senior executive officer position, and shall comply with the regulations applicable to indemnification and severance payments.

 

   

The Company must provide quarterly progress reports to the Reserve Bank along with parent company only financial statements.

Management believes the Company is in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Written Agreement.

 

(continued)

23


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

(9) Regulatory Matters- Bank. Effective April 16, 2010, the Bank consented to the issuance of a Consent Order by the FDIC and the OFR, also effective as of April 16, 2010.

The Consent Order represents an agreement among the Bank, the FDIC and the OFR as to areas of the Bank’s operations that warrant improvement and presents a plan for making those improvements. The Consent Order imposes no fines or penalties on the Bank. The Consent Order will remain in effect and enforceable until it is modified, terminated, suspended, or set aside by the FDIC and the OFR.

The Consent Order contains the following principal requirements:

 

   

The Board of Directors of the Bank is required to increase its participation in the affairs of the Bank and assume full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives for the supervision of all of the Bank’s activities.

 

   

The Bank is required to have and retain qualified and appropriately experienced senior management, including a chief executive officer, a chief lending officer and a chief financial officer, who are given the authority to implement the provisions of the Consent Order.

 

   

Any proposed changes in the Bank’s Board of Directors or senior executive officers are subject to the prior consent of the FDIC and the OFR.

 

   

The Bank is required to maintain both a fully funded allowance for loan and lease losses satisfactory to the FDIC and the OFR and a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12% for as long as the Consent Order remains in effect.

 

   

The Bank must undertake over a two-year period a scheduled reduction of the balance of loans classified “substandard” and “doubtful” in its 2009 FDIC examination by at least 75%.

 

   

The Bank is required to reduce the volume of its adversely classified private label mortgage backed securities under a plan acceptable to the FDIC and OFR.

 

   

The Bank must submit to the FDIC and the OFR for their review and comment a written business/strategic plan covering the overall operation of the Bank.

 

   

The Bank must implement a plan to improve earnings, addressing goals and strategies for improving and sustaining earnings, major areas for improvement in the Bank’s operating performance, realistic and comprehensive budgets and a budget review process.

 

(continued)

24


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited), Continued

 

 

(9) Regulatory Matters – Bank, Continued.

 

   

The Bank is required to revise, implement and incorporate recommendations of the FDIC and OFR with respect to the following policies or plans:

 

   

Lending and Collection Policies

 

   

Investment Policy

 

   

Liquidity, Contingency Funding and Funds Management Plan

 

   

Interest Rate Risk Management Policy

 

   

Internal Loan Review and Grading System and

 

   

Internal Control Policy.

 

   

The Bank’s Board of Directors must review the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and establish a comprehensive policy satisfactory to the FDIC and OFR for determining such adequacy at least quarterly thereafter.

 

   

The Bank may not pay any dividends or bonuses without the prior approval of the FDIC.

 

   

The Bank may not accept, renew or rollover any brokered deposits except with the prior approval of the FDIC.

 

   

The Bank is required to notify the FDIC and OFR prior to undertaking asset growth of 10% or more per annum while the Consent Order remains in effect.

 

   

The Bank is required to file quarterly progress reports with the FDIC and the OFR.

The Bank has implemented comprehensive policies and plans to address all of the requirements of the Consent Order and has incorporated recommendations from the FDIC and OFR into these policies and plans. Management believes the Bank is currently in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Consent Order except for the Bank’s failure to attain the regulatory capital ratio requirements. The Company is conducting a private placement offering of its common stock intended to result in the Bank attaining such capital ratios. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will raise sufficient capital, if any, in the private placement offering for the Bank to achieve material compliance with these ratios.

 

25


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented elsewhere in this report. For additional information, refer to the financial statements and footnotes for the year ended December 31, 2010 in the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Regulatory Enforcement Actions

Bank Consent Order. On April 16, 2010, the Bank consented to the issuance of a Consent Order (“Consent Order”) by the FDIC and OFR. The Consent Order covers areas of the Bank’s operations that warrant improvement and imposes various requirements and restrictions designed to address these areas, including the requirement to maintain certain minimum capital ratios. A detailed discussion of the Consent Order is contained in Footnote 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The Bank has implemented comprehensive policies and plans to address all of the requirements of the Consent Order and has incorporated recommendations from the FDIC and OFR into these policies and plans. Management believes that the Bank is currently in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Consent Order except for the Bank’s failure to attain the regulatory capital ratio requirements. The Company is conducting a private placement offering of its common stock intended to result in the Bank attaining such capital ratios. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will raise sufficient capital, if any, in the private placement offering for the Bank to achieve material compliance with these ratios.

Company Written Agreement with Reserve Bank. On June 22, 2010, the Company and the Reserve Bank entered into a Written Agreement with respect to certain aspects of the operation and management of the Company, including, without the prior approval of the Reserve Bank, paying or declaring dividends, taking dividends or payments from the Bank, making any interest, principal or other distributions on trust preferred securities, incurring, increasing or guaranteeing any debt, purchasing or redeeming any shares of stock, or appointing any new director or senior executive officer. Management believes that the Company is currently in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Written Agreement. A detailed discussion of the Written Agreement is contained in Footnote 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

Capital Levels

The FDIC has established minimum requirements for capital adequacy for state non-member banks. As of June 30, 2011, the Bank was considered “significantly undercapitalized” under these FDIC requirements. As a ‘significantly undercapitalized” institution, the Bank is subject to restrictions on capital distributions, payment of management fees, asset growth and the acceptance, and renewal or rollover of brokered and high-rate deposits. In addition, the Bank must obtain prior approval of the FDIC prior to acquiring any interest in any company or insured depository institution, establishing or acquiring any additional branch office, or engaging in any new line of business. For more information on FDIC capital requirements, see the discussion under the subheadings “Capital Adequacy Requirements” in the section “Supervision and Regulation” included in Item 1 of the Company’s 2010 10-K.

 

26


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Continued

 

The Bank does not meet the additional capital requirements required by the Consent Order. The Consent Order required that no later than July 15, 2010, and during the life of the Consent Order, the Bank shall maintain: (a) a Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio (Leverage ratio) at least equal to or greater than 8%; and (b) a ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets (Total risk-based capital ratio) at least equal to or greater than 12%.

The following table summarizes the capital measures of the Bank at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

                          FDIC Guideline Requirements  
(Dollars in thousands)    June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     Adequately-
Capitalized
     Well-
Capitalized
     Consent
Order
 

Tier I risk-based capital ratio

     3.69         5.43         4.00         6.00         *   

Total risk-based capital ratio

     4.96         6.70         8.00         10.00         12.00   

Leverage ratio

     2.64         4.02         4.00         5.00         8.00   

 

* No additional requirement is established by the Consent Order

The Company is taking steps to raise additional capital, including a current private placement offering of its common stock that could result in a change of control of the Company and may be highly dilutive to existing shareholders. Management is uncertain as to whether the Company will be successful in raising sufficient capital in the private placement, if any, to meet the increased capital ratios required by the Consent Order or the FDIC’s guidelines for prompt corrective action. If the Company is unable to raise sufficient capital and the Bank’s regulatory capital levels continue to decline to a level at which the Bank is considered “critically undercapitalized” under these FDIC guidelines (a ratio of tangible equity to total assets equal to or less than 2.0%) it could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition, and ultimately could result in the closure of the Bank and the placement of the Bank into receivership with the FDIC.

Financial Condition at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

Overview

Our total assets declined by $14.1 million to $176.2 million at June 30, 2011, from $190.3 million at December 31, 2010, due to a $12.1 million reduction in securities primarily as a result of a sale and an $11.4 million reduction in net loans as a result of loan payoffs and the transfer of $5.0 million in loans to foreclosed real estate, partially offset by a $7.9 million increase in cash and cash equivalents. Deposits decreased by $10.6 million to $137.6 million at June 30, 2011, from $148.2 million at December 31, 2010. The Company reduced its assets and deposits as part of its strategy to minimize the decline in the Bank’s capital ratios. Total stockholders’ equity declined by $4.0 million to a deficit of $(1.2) million at June 30, 2011 from $2.8 million at December 31, 2010, due to a net loss for the

 

27


Table of Contents

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Continued

 

six months ended June 30, 2011 of $3.1 million and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $.9 million due to unrealized losses from the reclassification of securities previously held to maturity to the held for sale category in June 2011.

The following table shows selected information for the periods ended or at the dates indicated:

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2010
 

Average equity as a percentage of average assets

     0.64     3.01     3.72

Equity to total assets at end of period

     (.66 )%      1.49     2.82

Return on average assets (1)

     (3.36 )%      (3.84 )%      (4.44 )% 

Return on average equity (1)

     (526.43 )%      (127.59 )%      (119.11 )% 

Noninterest expenses to average assets (1)

     4.49     4.44     5.60

 

(1) Annualized for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.

We continue to experience the adverse effects of a weak economy and the continuing decline in real estate values in south Florida, resulting in significant levels of non-performing loans, foreclosed real estate and loan charge-offs. Management, however, is committed to minimizing further losses in the loan portfolio and reducing our nonperforming assets.

Liquidity and Sources of Funds

The Bank’s sources of funds include customer deposits, advances from the FHLB, principal repayments and sales of investment securities, loan repayments, foreclosed real estate sales, the use of Federal Funds markets, net income, if any, and loans taken out at the Federal Reserve discount window.

Deposits are our primary source of funds. Under the Consent Order, the interest rates that we pay on our market area deposits and our ability to accept brokered deposits is restricted. The restriction on brokered deposits is not expected to alter the Bank’s current deposit gathering activities since the Bank has not accepted, renewed or rolled over any brokered deposits since December 2009. With respect to the yield limitations, it is possible that the Bank could experience a decrease in deposit inflows, or the migration of current deposits to competitor institutions, if other institutions offer higher interest rates than those permitted to be offered by the Bank. Despite these yield limitations, we believe that we have to the ability to adjust rates on our deposits to attract or retain deposits as needed.

 

28


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Continued

 

In addition to obtaining funds from depositors, we may borrow funds from other financial institutions. At June 30, 2011, the Bank had outstanding borrowings of $31.7 million, against its $31.7 million in established borrowing capacity with the FHLB. The Bank’s borrowing facility is subject to collateral and stock ownership requirements, as well as prior FHLB consent to each advance. The use of the Federal Fund line is subject to certain conditions. In 2010, the Bank obtained an available discount window credit line with the Reserve Bank, currently $1,200,000. The Reserve Bank line is subject to collateral requirements, must be repaid within 90 days, and each advance is subject to prior Reserve Bank consent. We measure and monitor our liquidity daily and believe our liquidity sources are adequate to meet our operating needs.

The Company, on an unconsolidated basis, typically relies on dividends from the Bank to fund its operating expenses, primarily expenses of being publicly held, and to make interest payments on its outstanding trust preferred securities. Under the Consent Order, the Bank is currently unable to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval. In addition, under the Written Agreement, we may not pay interest payments on the trust preferred securities or dividends on our common stock, incur any additional indebtedness at the holding company level, or redeem our common stock without the prior regulatory approval of the Reserve Bank. Since January 2010, we have deferred interest payments on our trust preferred securities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit and may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in these financial instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total committed amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.

The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counter party. As of June 30, 2011, the Company has no commitments to extend credit.

 

29


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest and dividend income of the Company from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average cost; (iii) net interest income; (iv) interest-rate spread; (v) net interest margin; and (vi) ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities.

 

     Three Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  
     Average
Balance
     Interest
and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Interest
and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/
Rate
 
                   ($ in thousands)                

Interest-earning assets:

                

Loans

   $ 108,219       $ 1,197         4.42   $ 132,398       $ 1,588         4.80

Securities

     51,142         500         3.91        33,759         494         5.85   

Other (1)

     15,796         14         0.35        34,684         19         .22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

     175,157         1,711         3.91        200,841         2,101         4.18   
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Cash and due from banks

     440              1,031         

Premise and equipment

     2,758              2,889         

Other

     4,446              12,648         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 182,801            $ 217,409         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                

Savings, NOW and money-market deposits

     36,187         76         0.84        44,286         122         1.10   

Time deposits

     105,974         422         1.59        112,922         576         2.04   

Borrowings (2)

     36,855         384         4.17        41,470         420         4.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

     179,016         882         1.97        198,678         1,118         2.25   
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

     513              480         

Other liabilities

     3,074              10,958         

Stockholders’ equity

     198              7,293         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 182,801            $ 217,409         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest income

      $ 829            $ 983      
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Interest-rate spread (3)

           1.94           1.93
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest margin (4)

           1.89           1.96
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     0.98              1.01         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

 

(1) Includes interest-earning deposits with banks, Federal funds sold, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends.
(2) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank advances, other borrowings and junior subordinated debenture.
(3) Interest-rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

30


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest and dividend income of the Company from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average cost; (iii) net interest income; (iv) interest-rate spread; (v) net interest margin; and (vi) ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  
     Average
Balance
     Interest
and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Interest
and
Dividends
     Average
Yield/
Rate
 
                   ($ in thousands)                

Interest-earning assets:

                

Loans

   $ 110,062       $ 2,486         4.52   $ 137,247       $ 3,489         5.08

Securities

     51,824         1,029         3.97        50,991         1,424         5.59   

Other (1)

     16,325         29         0.36        32,487         33         .20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

     178,211         3,544         3.98        220,725         4,946         4.48   
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Cash and due from banks

     511              1,361         

Premise and equipment

     2,773              2,909         

Other

     4,895              10,837         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 186,390            $ 235,832         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                

Savings, NOW and money-market deposits

     36,176         153         0.85        44,663         306         1.37   

Time deposits

     108,775         895         1.65        109,275         1,150         2.10   

Borrowings (2)

     36,855         765         4.15        65,534         1,304         3.98   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

     181,806         1,813         1.99        219,472         2,760         2.52   
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

     497              504         

Other liabilities

     2,899              7,074         

Stockholders’ equity

     1,188              8,782         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 186,390            $ 235,832         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

Net interest income

      $ 1,731            $ 2,186      
     

 

 

         

 

 

    

Interest-rate spread (3)

           1.49           1.96
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest margin (4)

           1.94           1.98
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     0.98              1.01         
  

 

 

         

 

 

       

 

(1) Includes interest-earning deposits with banks, Federal funds sold, and Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends.
(2) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank advances, other borrowings and junior subordinated debenture.
(3) Interest-rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

31


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Comparison of the Three-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

General. Net loss for the three months ended June 30, 2011, was $2.0 million or $(2.40) per basic and diluted share compared to a net loss of $2.1 million or $(2.59) per basic and diluted share for the period ended June 30, 2010. This decrease in net loss was partially due to a $0.6 million reduction in provision for loan losses and $0.2 million gain on sale of securities partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in noninterest expenses.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased to $1.7 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 from $2.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. Interest income on loans decreased $0.4 million due primarily to a decrease in the average loan portfolio balance and a decrease in the average yield earned for the three months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased to $0.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 from $1.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010. Interest expense decreased primarily because of a decrease in the average balance and average yield paid during 2011.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for the three months ended June 30, 2011, was $0.9 million compared to $1.5 million for the same period in 2010. The provision for loan losses is charged to operations as losses are estimated to have occurred in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio at June 30, 2011. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based upon historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by us, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of the underlying collateral, loans identified as impaired, general economic conditions, particularly as they relate to our market areas, and other factors related to the estimated collectability of our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $3.1 million or 2.93% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2011, compared to $3.7 million, or 3.16% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2010. Management believes the balance in the allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2011 is adequate.

Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income increased to $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011, from $15,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2010 primarily due to a increase in gains recognized on the sale of securities.

Noninterest Expenses. Total noninterest expenses increased to $2.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 compared to $1.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010, primarily due to an increase in expenses related to foreclosed real estate.

 

32


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Comparison of the Six-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

General. Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2011, was $3.1 million or $(3.82) per basic and diluted share compared to a net loss of $5.2 million or $(6.38) per basic and diluted share for the period ended June 30, 2010. The decrease in the Company’s net loss was primarily due to a decrease in the $2.4 million net expense associated with downsizing the Company in the first quarter of 2010 and a $1.3 million reduction in provision for loan losses, partially offset by a $0.5 million reduction in net interest income before provision for loan losses and a $0.9 million increase in expenses related to foreclosed real estate and insurance.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased to $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Interest income on loans decreased $1.0 million due primarily to a decrease in the average loan portfolio balance and a decrease in the average yield earned for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. Interest on securities decreased by $0.4 million to $1.0 million due primarily to a decrease in the average balance of the securities portfolio.

Interest Expense. Interest expense on deposits decreased to $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010. Interest expense decreased primarily because of a decrease in the average yield paid and the average balance during 2011. Interest expense on borrowings decreased to $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 from $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 due primarily to a decrease in the average balance of borrowings.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for the six months ended June 30, 2011, was $0.9 million compared to $2.2 million for the same period in 2010. The provision for loan losses is charged to operations as losses are estimated to have occurred in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio at June 30, 2011. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based upon historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by us, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of the underlying collateral, loans identified as impaired, general economic conditions, particularly as they relate to our market areas, and other factors related to the estimated collectability of our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $3.1 million or 2.93% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2011, compared to $3.7 million, or 3.16% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2010. Management believes the balance in the allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2011 is adequate.

Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income decreased to $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, from $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 primarily due to a decrease in gains recognized on the sale of securities as part of the downsizing of the Company in the first quarter of 2010.

Noninterest Expenses. Total noninterest expenses decreased to $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, primarily due to a decrease in the loss on the early extinguishment of debt associated with the Company’s downsizing in 2010, partially offset by an increase in foreclosed real estate, insurance and other expenses.

 

33


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our President and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer), we have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report, and, based on this evaluation, the President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended June 30, 2011, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 6. Exhibits

The exhibits contained in the Exhibit Index following the signature page are filed with or incorporated by reference into this report.

 

34


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

      OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
        (Registrant)
Date:  

August 15, 2011

    By:  

/s/ Richard L. Browdy

       

Richard L. Browdy

President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

35


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

    3.1    Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on May 11, 2004
  
  
    3.2    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, effective as of January 7, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on March 31, 2009)
  
  
  
    3.3    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, effective as of November 5, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2010)
  
  
    4.3    Bylaws (incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2004
  
    4.1    Form of stock certificate (incorporated by reference from Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed with the SEC on August 12, 2004)
  
  10.1    Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed with the SEC on March 31, 2006)
  
  10.2    Stipulation to Entry of Consent Order and Consent Order between OptimumBank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and State of Florida Office of Financial Regulation dated April 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference from current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 26, 2010)
  
  
  
  10.3    Agreement between OptimumBank, Albert J. Finch and Richard L. Browdy dated June 14, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Registration Statement on Form 10-SB under the Exchange Act, filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on March 28, 2003)
  
  
  
  10.4    Written Agreement by and between OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta dated June 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 15, 2010)
  
  
  14.1    Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference from Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2010)
  
  
  31.1    Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act*
  
  32.1    Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350*
  
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

 

36


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*

 

* A copy of the exhibit can be obtained from the SEC website at www.sec.gov or by written request to Richard L. Browdy, President, Optimum Bank Holdings, Inc., 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

 

APPENDIX C

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

OR-

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 000-1288855

 

 

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Florida   55-0865043

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2477 East Commercial Blvd., Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (954) 776-2332

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 per share   NASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1993.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (616,690 shares) on June 30, 2010, was approximately $1,233,380, computed by reference to the closing market price at $2.00 per share on June 30, 2010. For purposes of this information, the outstanding shares of common stock owned by directors and executive officers of the registrant were deemed to be shares of common stock held by affiliates. Amounts have been adjusted to reflect a 1-for-4 reverse stock split effective November 5, 2010.

The number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the registrant outstanding as of April 12, 2011 was 819,358 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page  

PART I

     1   

Item 1.  Business

  

Forward-Looking Statements

     1   

General

     1   

Recent Developments

     1   

Banking Products

     3   

Strategy

     4   

Lending Activities

     4   

Deposit Activities

     5   

Investments

     5   

Correspondent Banking

     5   

Data Processing

     6   

Internet Banking

     6   

Competition

     6   

Employees

     6   

Supervision and Regulation

     6   

Statistical Profile and Other Financial Data

     13   

Item 2.  Properties

     13   

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

     14   

Item 4.  (Reserved)

  

PART II

     14   

Item 5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     14   

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

     15   

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     16   

Item 8.  Financial Statements

     32   

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     33   

Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures

     33   

Item 9B. Other Information

     33   

PART III

     34   

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

     34   

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

     36   

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     39   

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     40   

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     42   

PART IV

     43   

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     43   

SIGNATURES

     44   


Table of Contents

PART I

Item  1. Business

Forward-Looking Statements

We have made forward-looking statements in this Annual Report about the financial condition, results of operations, and business of our company. These statements are not historical facts and include expressions concerning the future that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, among other things, the following possibilities:

 

   

general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally, that are less favorable than expected resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and an increase in credit risk-related losses and expenses;

 

   

changes in the interest rate environment that reduce margins;

 

   

competitive pressure in the banking industry that increases significantly;

 

   

changes that occur in the regulatory environment; and

 

   

changes that occur in business conditions and the rate of inflation.

When used in this Annual Report, the words “believes,” “estimates,” “plans,” “expects,” “should,” “may,” “might,” “outlook,” and “anticipates,” as well as similar expressions, as they relate to OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., or its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

General

OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. was formed in 2004 as a Florida corporation to serve as a one-bank holding company for OptimumBank and acquired all of the shares of OptimumBank in May 2004. The holding company’s only business is the ownership and operation of OptimumBank and subsidiaries of the bank. OptimumBank is a Florida chartered bank which opened in November 2000, and its deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC. OptimumBank provides community banking services to individuals and businesses in Broward, Miami-Dade and Palm Beach counties. OptimumBank conducts operations from its Fort Lauderdale headquarters and three branch offices in Fort Lauderdale, Plantation and Deerfield Beach. The Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are OB Real Estate Management, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, OB Real Estate Holding 1503, LLC, all of which were formed in 2009 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1695, OB Real Estate Holdings 1669, OB Real Estate Holdings 1645 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1565, all formed in 2010. OB Real Estate Management, LLC is primarily engaged in managing foreclosed real estate but had no activity in 2010. All other bank subsidiaries are primarily engaged in holding and disposing of foreclosed real estate.

OptimumBank Holdings is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve. OptimumBank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, or OFR, and the FDIC. OptimumBank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.

At December 31, 2010, our company had total assets of $190.3 million, net loans of $113.5 million, total deposits of $148.2 million and stockholders’ equity of $2.8 million. During 2010, our company had a net loss of $8.5 million.

Recent Developments

In 2008, the Company and the Bank began to experience a substantial increase in impaired and non-performing loans and associated credit losses due to the nationwide economic recession and the related plunge in real estate values in south Florida. As a result, the Company’s net income for 2008 was only $520,000. These trends continued in 2009 and 2010, with the result that the Company and the Bank sustained net losses of $11.5 million in 2009 and $8.5 million in 2010, primarily from significant increases in the provision for loan losses. These operating losses have eroded OptimumBank’s regulatory capital and weakened its financial condition. As a result of these losses and other related operating issues, on April 16, 2010, OptimumBank was required to enter into a Consent Order with the FDIC and Florida Office of Financial Regulation, and, on June 22, 2010, the Company was required to enter into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, or Federal Reserve.

 

1


Table of Contents

Consent Order. The Consent Order imposes a number of requirements on the Bank intended to improve the Bank’s condition, including a requirement that the Bank maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (the “Tier 1 Leverage Ratio”) of 8.0%, and a ratio of total risk based capital to risk-weighted assets of 12.0% (the “Total Risk Based Capital Ratio”). On December 31, 2010, the Bank had a Tier 1 Leverage ratio of 4.02% and a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of 6.7%. The Bank would have needed approximately $7.8 million in additional capital as of December 31, 2010 in order to comply with the capital requirements of the Consent Order.

The Consent Order contains the following principal requirements:

 

   

The Bank is required to have and retain qualified and appropriately experienced senior management, including a chief executive officer, a chief lending officer and a chief financial officer, who are given the authority to implement the provisions of the Consent Order.

 

   

Any proposed changes in the Bank’s Board of Directors or senior executive officers are subject to the prior consent of the FDIC and the OFR.

 

   

The Bank is required to maintain both a fully funded allowance for loan and lease losses satisfactory to the FDIC and the OFR and a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12% for as long as the Consent Order remains in effect.

 

   

The Bank must undertake over a two-year period a scheduled reduction of the balance of loans classified “substandard” and “doubtful” in its 2009 FDIC examination by at least 75%.

 

   

The Bank is required to reduce the volume of its adversely classified private label mortgage backed securities under a plan acceptable to the FDIC and OFR.

 

   

The Bank must submit to the FDIC and the OFR for their review and comment a written business/strategic plan covering the overall operation of the Bank.

 

   

The Bank must implement a plan to improve earnings, addressing goals and strategies for improving and sustaining earnings, major areas for improvement in the Bank’s operating performance, realistic and comprehensive budgets and a budget review process.

 

   

The Bank must revise and implement its written lending and collection policy to provide effective guidance and control of the lending function. The Bank is required to revise, implement and incorporate recommendations of the FDIC and OFR with respect to the following policies or plans:

 

   

Lending and Collection Policies

 

   

Investment Policy

 

   

Liquidity, Contingency Funding and Funds Management Plan

 

   

Interest Rate Risk Management Policy

 

   

Internal Loan Review and Grading System and

 

   

Internal Control Policy

 

   

The Bank must develop and implement a satisfactory interest rate risk management policy that is appropriate to the size of the Bank and the complexity of its assets.

 

   

The Bank may not pay any dividends or bonuses without the prior approval of the FDIC..

 

   

The Bank may not accept, renew or rollover any brokered deposits except with the prior approval of the FDIC.

 

   

The Bank is required to notify the FDIC prior to undertaking asset growth of 10% or more per annum while the Consent Order remains in effect.

 

   

The Bank is required to file periodic progress reports with the FDIC and the OFR.

Management believes that the Bank is currently in substantial compliance with all the requirements of the Consent Order except for the Bank’s failure to attain the regulatory capital ratio requirements. The Company is currently conducting a private placement offering of its common stock intended to result in the Bank attaining such capital ratios. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will raise sufficient capital, if any, in the private placement offering for the Bank to meet the capital requirements of the Consent Order.

 

2


Table of Contents

Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve. The Written Agreement between the Company and the Federal Reserve requires the Company to serve as a source of strength to certain aspects of the capitalization, operation and management of the Bank. The Company also agreed that while the Written Agreement remains in effect, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve, it will not:

 

   

declare or pay dividends,

 

   

directly or indirectly take dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from OptimumBank.

 

   

make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities,

 

   

incur, increase, or guarantee any debt or purchase or redeem any shares of its stock, or

 

   

appoint any new director or senior executive officer, or change the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the officer would assume a different senior executive officer position.

Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance with all the provisions of the Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve.

Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The Company’s recent and continuing increases in nonperforming assets, declining net interest margin, continuing high levels of noninterest expenses related to the credit problems, and eroding regulatory capital raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to return to profitability and continue as a going concern. The Bank is not in compliance with its regulatory capital requirements set forth in the Consent Order, as well as the FDIC regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. For additional information on the Bank’s regulatory capital requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation- Regulatory Capital Adequacy”.

We have determined that additional capital will be required for us to return to profitability and continue operations. Since January 2011, we have engaged in a private placement offering of our common stock to increase our regulatory capital. It remains to be seen whether the offering will be successful. If we are unable to raise capital and the Bank’s regulatory capital levels continue to decline, the regulators may take additional enforcement action against us, including placing the Bank into conservatorship or receivership, to protect the interests of depositors insured by the FDIC.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business for the foreseeable future, and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability or classification of assets, and the amounts or classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of any regulatory action which would affect our ability to continue as a going concern.

Banking Products

Our revenues are primarily derived from interest on, and fees received in connection with, real estate, and other loans, and from interest from mortgage-backed securities and short-term investments. The principal sources of funds for our lending activities are deposits, borrowings, repayment of loans, and the repayment, or maturity of investment securities. Our principal expenses are the interest paid on deposits, and operating and general administrative expenses.

As is the case with banking institutions generally, our operations are materially and significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of financial institution regulatory agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC. Deposit flows and costs of funds are influenced by interest rates on competing investments and general market rates of interest. Lending activities are affected by the demand for financing of real estate and other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered and other factors affecting local demand and availability of funds. We face strong competition in attracting deposits (our primary source of lendable funds) and originating loans.

We provide a range of consumer and commercial banking services to individuals and businesses. The basic services we offer include: demand interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing accounts, money market deposit accounts, NOW accounts, time deposits, credit cards, cash management, direct deposits, notary services, money orders, night depository, travelers’ checks, cashier’s checks, domestic collections, savings bonds, bank drafts, automated teller services, drive-in tellers, and banking by mail. In addition, we make residential and commercial real estate loans and consumer loans. We provide ATM cards, as a part of the Star, Presto and Cirrus networks, thereby permitting customers to utilize the convenience of ATMs worldwide. We do not have trust powers and provide no trust services.

 

3


Table of Contents

Strategy

Our continuing goal is to become one of the leading community banking organizations in Broward County through steady, reasonable and controlled growth and a prudent operating strategy.

Prior to 2010, our operating and business strategy emphasized:

 

   

Local management and local decision making resulting in rapid, personalized customer service, rapid credit decisions and expedited closings;

 

   

Maintaining our presence in Broward County through a branch network- we currently have three branch banking offices in Broward County;

 

   

Real estate lending activities by continuing to originate adjustable rate residential and commercial mortgage loans for our customers;

 

   

Maintaining high credit quality through strict underwriting criteria and our knowledge of the real estate values in our market area;

 

   

Personalized products and service - we strive to provide innovative financial products, high service levels and to maintain strong customer relationships. We seek customers who prefer to conduct business with a locally owned and managed institution.

Our ability to execute this strategy is currently limited by the Consent Order and our current capital levels. As a result, our management has focused its efforts on a short-term strategy that has the following objectives:

 

   

Stabilize the Company’s Loan Portfolio- Management discontinued new loan originations and devoted significant resources to the identification and workout of problem loans.

 

   

Stabilize the Company’s Funding Sources- Management acted to reduce the Bank’s dependence on brokered deposits and wholesale borrowings.

 

   

Increase the Bank’s Capital Ratios- Management reduced the size of the Bank and is attempting to raise capital in a private placement offering of the Company’s common stock.

Lending Activities

Prior to 2010, we offered primarily real estate and to a lesser extent, consumer loans, to individuals and small businesses and other organizations that were located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our market area. Our market area consists of the tri-county area of Broward, Miami-Dade and Palm Beach counties. Our net loans at December 31, 2010 were $113.5 million, or 59.8% of total assets. The interest rates we charged on loans varied with the degree of risk, maturity, and amount of the loan, and were further subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds, and government regulations. We have no foreign loans or loans for highly leveraged transactions.

Our loans are concentrated in two major areas: residential and commercial real estate loans. As of December 31, 2010, 99.7% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by mortgages on real estate, of which approximately 34.2% of the total loan portfolio was secured by one-to-four family residential properties. Our real estate loans are located primarily in our tri-county market area.

Our real estate loans are secured by mortgages and consist primarily of loans to individuals and businesses for the purchase or improvement of, or investment in, real estate. These real estate loans were made at fixed or variable interest rates and are normally adjustable rate mortgages which adjust annually after the initial three to five year period. Our fixed rate loans generally are for terms of five years or less, and are repayable in monthly installments based on a maximum 30-year amortization schedule.

Prior to 2010, loan originations were derived primarily from existing customers, direct marketing and independent mortgage brokers that processed our loans. We paid fees to these brokers in connection with their services; however, we performed the underwriting and approval of each of the loans we fund. Loan originations have also been derived from existing customers, and referrals from existing customers and Bank employees.

 

4


Table of Contents

Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans. These include prepayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions including interest rates, and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. A significant portion of our portfolio is collateralized by real estate in south Florida, and we are susceptible to local economic downturns. We attempt to minimize credit losses through various means. On larger credits, we rely on the cash flow and assets of a debtor as the source of repayment as well as the value of the underlying collateral. We also generally limit our loans to 80% of the value of the underlying real estate collateral. We generally charge a prepayment penalty if a loan is repaid within the first two to three years of origination to recover any fees we paid for the origination of the loan.

Due to the effects of the current recession, our earnings have been materially affected by required provisions for loan losses, and to a lesser degree, reduced interest income and increased loan administration expenses, stemming primarily from deterioration in our commercial real estate and land loan portfolios. Since the last quarter of 2009, due to the need for the Bank to reduce its exposure to credit risk and preserve regulatory capital, we have limited our lending activities to restructuring, modifying, or extending existing loans and lending to purchasers of real estate properties owned by the Bank.

Deposit Activities

Deposits are the major source of our funds for lending and other investment activities. We consider the majority of our regular savings, demand, NOW, money market deposit accounts and CD’s under $100,000 to be core deposits. These accounts comprised approximately 65.4% of our total deposits at December 31, 2010. Approximately 75.1% of our deposits at December 31, 2010 were certificates of deposit. Generally, we attempt to maintain the rates paid on our deposits at a competitive level. Time deposits of $100,000 and over made up approximately 34.6% of our total deposits at December 31, 2010. Although these large deposits are not traditionally considered core deposits, the majority of these deposits have served as a stable source of funds in our targeted market. The majority of our deposits are generated from Broward County.

We have used brokered deposits to facilitate the funding of our mortgage lending activities in circumstances when larger than anticipated loan volumes occur and there is not enough time to fund the additional loan demand through traditional deposit solicitation. The time frame from the initial order to the final funding of brokered deposits is generally one to three days. The rates paid on these brokered deposits are typically equal to or slightly less than the high end of the interest rates in OptimumBank’s competitive market area. Since December 2009, we have no longer solicited or renewed existing brokered deposits due to regulatory restrictions. Brokered deposits amounted to 1.2% and 9.2% of our total deposits at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Investments

Our investment securities portfolio was approximately $ 51.1 million and $81.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, representing 26.8% and 30.1% of our total assets. At December 31, 2010, approximately 47.0% of this portfolio was invested in U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities and 52.8% of this portfolio was invested in private label mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage backed securities generally have a shorter life than the stated maturity. Our investments are managed in relation to loan demand and deposit growth, and are generally used to provide for the investment of excess funds at minimal risk levels while providing liquidity to fund increases in loan demand or to offset fluctuations in deposits.

Federal funds sold is the excess cash we have available over and above daily cash needs. This money is invested on an overnight basis with approved correspondent banks.

Correspondent Banking

Correspondent banking involves one bank providing services to another bank which cannot provide that service for itself from an economic or practical standpoint. We are required to purchase correspondent services offered by larger banks, including check collections, purchase of federal funds, security safekeeping, investment services, coin and currency supplies, overline and liquidity loan participations, and sales of loans to or participations with correspondent banks.

We have established a correspondent relationship with Independent Bankers Bank of Florida. We pay for such services in cash as opposed to keeping compensating balances. We also sell loan participations to other banks with respect to loans which exceed our lending limit.

 

5


Table of Contents

Data Processing

We outsource most of our data processing services, including an automated general ledger and deposit accounting; however, we service all our loans in-house.

Internet Banking

We maintain a website at www.optimumbank.com where customers can access account balances, view current account activity and their previous statement, view images of paid checks and transfer funds between accounts. Our website provides information regarding our Visa credit card offering.

Competition

We encounter strong competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. The deregulation of the banking industry and the widespread enactment of state laws which permit multi-bank holding companies as well as an increasing level of interstate banking have created a highly competitive environment for commercial banking. In one or more aspects of our business, we compete with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking companies, and other financial intermediaries. Most of these competitors, some of which are affiliated with bank holding companies, have substantially greater resources and lending limits, and may offer certain services that we do not currently provide. In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern federally insured banks. Recent federal and state legislation has heightened the competitive environment in which financial institutions must conduct their business, and the potential for competition among financial institutions of all types has increased significantly.

To compete, we rely upon specialized services, responsive handling of customer needs, and personal contacts by our officers, directors, and staff. Large multi-branch banking competitors tend to compete primarily by rate and the number and location of branches while smaller, independent financial institutions tend to compete primarily by rate and personal service.

Employees

As of December 31, 2010, we had nineteen full-time employees, including executive officers. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit. We consider relations with employees to be good.

Supervision and Regulation

Banks and their holding companies are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The following is a brief summary of certain statutes, rules, and regulations affecting OptimumBank Holdings and OptimumBank. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the business of our company and our bank. Supervision, regulation, and examination of banks by regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, rather than shareholders.

Dodd-Frank Act. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, into law. The Dodd-Frank Act will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including potentially significant regulatory and compliance changes including, among other things, (1) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (2) potential changes to capital and liquidity requirements; (3) changes to regulatory examination fees; (4) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (5) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or the OCC, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management

 

6


Table of Contents

attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with any such laws, regulations, or principles or changes thereto, may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our investors and shareholders.

The following items provide a brief description of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our operations and activities, both currently and prospectively.

 

   

Increased Capital Standards and Enhanced Supervision. The federal banking agencies are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. These new standards will be no lower than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher when established by the agencies. Compliance with heightened capital standards may reduce our ability to generate or originate revenue-producing assets and thereby restrict revenue generation from banking and non-banking operations. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency. Compliance with new regulatory requirements and expanded examination processes could increase the Company’s cost of operations.

 

   

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new, independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the Bureau, within the Federal Reserve. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. Generally, we will not be directly subject to the rules and regulations of the Bureau. However, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against certain state-chartered institutions. Any such new regulations could increase our cost of operations and, as a result, could limit our ability to expand into these products and services.

 

   

Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund, or the DIF, will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Several of these provisions could increase the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by us. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that, effective one year after the date of enactment, depository institutions may pay interest on demand deposits.

 

   

Transactions with Affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

 

   

Transactions with Insiders. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening on loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits.

 

   

Enhanced Lending Limits. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthens the existing limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower. Current banking law limits a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expands the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

 

7


Table of Contents

Company Regulation

General. As a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”), OptimumBank Holdings is subject to the regulation and supervision of, and inspection by, the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”). OptimumBank Holdings also is required to file with the Federal Reserve annual reports and other information regarding its business operations, and those of its subsidiaries. In the past, the BHCA limited the activities of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries to activities which were limited to banking, managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for their subsidiaries or engaging in any other activity which the Federal Reserve determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 which is discussed below, bank holding companies now have the opportunity to seek broadened authority, subject to limitations on investment, to engage in activities that are “financial in nature” if all of their subsidiary depository institutions are well capitalized, well managed, and have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act, which is also discussed below.

In this regard, the BHCA prohibits a bank holding company, with certain limited exceptions, from (i) acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, or (ii) engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or performing services for its subsidiaries, unless such non-banking business is determined by the FRB to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto. In making such determinations, the FRB is required to weigh the expected benefit to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition or gains in efficiency, against the possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, or unsound banking practices. Generally, bank holding companies, such as OptimumBank Holdings, are required to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve to engage in any new activity not previously approved by the Federal Reserve.

Change of Holding Company Control. The BHCA also requires that every bank holding company obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank, if after such acquisition it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. In approving bank acquisitions by bank holding companies, the Federal Reserve is required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding company and the banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including the parties’ performance under the Community Reinvestment Act (discussed below) and various competitive factors. As described in greater detail below, pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branch Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Banking and Branching Act”), a bank holding company is permitted to acquire banks in states other than its home state.

The BHCA further prohibits a person or group of persons from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Bank has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the Federal Reserve, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting stock of a bank holding company with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would, under the circumstances set forth in the presumption, constitute acquisition of control of the bank holding company. In addition, any person or group of persons must obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA before acquiring 25% (5% in the case of an acquirer that is already a bank holding company) or more of the outstanding common stock of a bank holding company, or otherwise obtaining control or a “controlling influence” over the bank holding company.

Interstate Banking and Branching. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act provides for nationwide interstate banking and branching. Under the law, interstate acquisitions of banks or bank holding companies in any state by bank holding companies in any other state are permissible subject to certain limitations. Florida also has a law that allows out-of-state bank holding companies (located in states that allow Florida bank holding companies to acquire banks and bank holding companies in that state) to acquire Florida banks and Florida bank holding companies. The law essentially provides for out-of-state entry by acquisition only (and not by interstate branching) and requires the acquired Florida bank to have been in existence for at least three years. Interstate branching and consolidation of existing bank subsidiaries in different states is permissible. A Florida bank also may establish, maintain, and operate one or more branches in a state other than Florida pursuant to an interstate merger transaction in which the Florida bank is the resulting bank.

 

8


Table of Contents

Financial Modernization. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) sought to achieve significant modernization of the federal bank regulatory framework by allowing the consolidation of banking institutions with other types of financial services firms, subject to various restrictions and requirements. In general, the GLB Act repealed most of the federal statutory barriers which separated commercial banking firms from insurance and securities firms and authorized the consolidation of such firms in a “financial services holding company.” We have no current plans to utilize the structural options created by the GLB Act.

Securities Regulation and Corporate Governance. OptimumBank Holdings’ common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and we are subject to restrictions, reporting requirements and review procedures under federal securities laws and regulations. We are also subject to the rules and reporting requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, on which our common stock is traded. Like other issuers of publicly traded securities, we must also comply with the corporate governance reforms enacted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“The Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the rules of the SEC and NASDAQ Stock Market adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes Oxley Act. Among other things, these reforms, effective as of various dates, require certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, prohibit the provision of specified services by independent auditors, require pre-approval of independent auditor services, define director independence and require certain committees, and a majority of a subject company’s board of directors, to consist of independent directors, establish additional disclosure requirements in reports filed with the SEC, require expedited filing of reports, require management evaluation and auditor attestation of internal controls, prohibit loans by the issuer (but not by certain depository institutions) to directors and officers, set record-keeping requirements, mandate complaint procedures for the reporting of accounting and audit concerns by employees, and establish penalties for non-compliance.

Bank Regulation

General. OptimumBank is chartered under the laws of the State of Florida, and its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. OptimumBank is subject to comprehensive regulation, examination and supervision by the FDIC and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, or Florida OFR, and to other laws and regulations applicable to banks. Such regulations include limitations on loans to a single borrower and to its directors, officers and employees; limitations on the types of activities a state bank can conduct, restrictions on the opening and closing of branch offices; the maintenance of required capital ratios; the granting of credit under equal and fair conditions; and the disclosure of the costs and terms of such credit. OptimumBank is examined periodically by the FDIC and the Florida OFR, to whom it submits periodic reports regarding its financial condition and other matters. The FDIC and the Florida OFR have a broad range of powers to enforce regulations under their jurisdiction, and to take discretionary actions determined to be for the protection and safety and soundness of banks, including the institution of cease and desist orders and the removal of directors and officers. The FDIC and the Florida OFR also have the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, consolidations, and similar corporate actions.

Consent Order. On April 16, 2010, OptimumBank was required to enter into a Consent Order with the FDIC and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. Under the Consent Order, the Bank is required to implement a number of corrective measures intended to improve the Bank’s condition, including a requirement to maintain certain minimum capital ratios. The Consent Order also contains significant operating restrictions. A description of the principal requirements of the Consent Order are contained in “Business- - Recent Developments- Consent Order”.

Capital Adequacy Requirements. Banks are required to maintain capital at adequate levels based on a percentage of assets and off-balance sheet exposures, adjusted for risk weights ranging from 0% to 100%. Under the risk-based standard, capital is classified into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity (excluding the unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities), trust preferred securities subject to certain limitations, and minus certain intangible assets. Tier 2 capital consists of the general allowance for credit losses except for certain limitations. An institution’s qualifying capital base for purposes of its risk-based capital ratio consists of the sum of its Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. The regulatory minimum requirements are 4% for Tier 1 and 8% for total risk-based capital. At December 31, 2010, our Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 5.43% and 6.7%, respectively.

Banks are also required to maintain capital at a minimum level based on total assets, which is known as the leverage ratio. The minimum requirement for the leverage ratio is 4%, but all but the highest rated institutions are required to maintain ratios 100 to 200 basis points above the minimum. At December 31, 2010, our leverage ratio was 4.02%.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Consent Order imposes higher capital requirements on OptimumBank. Under the Consent Order, OptimumBank must maintain a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of 8.0%, and a total risk based capital ratio of 12.0%. With a Tier 1 Leverage ratio of 4.02% and a Total Risk Based Capital Ratio of 6.7% at December 31, 2010, the Bank did not meet the capital adequacy ratios as required by the Consent Order.

The FDIC Improvement Act of 1993 (“FDICIA”) contains “prompt corrective action” provisions pursuant to which banks are to be classified into one of five categories based upon capital adequacy, ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized” and which require (subject to certain exceptions) the appropriate federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action with respect to an institution which becomes “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.”

The FDIC has issued regulations to implement the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDICIA. In general, the regulations define the five capital categories as follows:

 

   

an institution is “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, has a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any written capital order or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures;

 

   

an institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and has a leverage ratio of 4% or greater;

 

   

an institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4% or has a leverage ratio that is less than 4%;

 

   

an institution is “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3%; and

 

   

an institution is “critically undercapitalized” if its “tangible equity” is equal to or less than 2% of its total assets.

The FDIC, after an opportunity for a hearing, has authority to downgrade an institution from “well capitalized” to “adequately capitalized” or to subject an “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” institution to the supervisory actions applicable to the next lower category, for supervisory concerns.

Generally, FDICIA requires that an “undercapitalized” institution must submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency within 45 days after the institution becomes “undercapitalized” and the agency must take action on the plan within 60 days. The appropriate federal banking agency may not accept a capital restoration plan unless, among other requirements, each company having control of the institution has guaranteed that the institution will comply with the plan until the institution has been adequately capitalized on average during each of the three consecutive calendar quarters and has provided adequate assurances of performance. The aggregate liability under this provision of all companies having control of an institution is limited to the lesser of:

 

   

5% of the institution’s total assets at the time the institution becomes “undercapitalized” or

 

   

the amount which is necessary, or would have been necessary, to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable to the institution as of the time the institution fails to comply with the plan filed pursuant to FDICIA

An “undercapitalized” institution may not acquire an interest in any company or any other insured depository institution, establish or acquire additional branch offices or engage in any new business unless the appropriate federal banking agency has accepted its capital restoration plan, the institution is implementing the plan, and the agency determines that the proposed action is consistent with and will further the achievement of the plan, or the appropriate Federal banking agency determines the proposed action will further the purpose of the “prompt corrective action” sections of FDICIA.

If an institution is “critically undercapitalized,” it must comply with the restrictions described above. In addition, the appropriate Federal banking agency is authorized to restrict the activities of any “critically undercapitalized” institution and to prohibit such an institution, without the appropriate Federal banking agency’s prior written approval, from:

 

   

entering into any material transaction other than in the usual course of business;

 

   

engaging in any covered transaction with affiliates (as defined in Section 23A(b) of the Federal Reserve Act);

 

   

paying excessive compensation or bonuses; and

 

   

paying interest on new or renewed liabilities at a rate that would increase the institution’s weighted average costs of funds to a level significantly exceeding the prevailing rates of interest on insured deposits in the institution’s normal market areas.

 

10


Table of Contents

The “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDICIA also provide that in general no institution may make a capital distribution if it would cause the institution to become “undercapitalized.” Capital distributions include cash (but not stock) dividends, stock purchases, redemptions, and other distributions of capital to the owners of an institution.

Additionally, FDICIA requires, among other things, that:

 

   

only a “well capitalized” depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval and

 

   

the appropriate federal banking agency annually examine all insured depository institutions, with some exceptions for small, “well capitalized” institutions and state-chartered institutions examined by state regulators.

As of December 31, 2010, OptimumBank did not meet the capital requirements of an “adequately capitalized institution”, but rather met the FDIC definition of an “undercapitalized institution”.

For additional information regarding OptimumBank’s capital ratios and requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Regulatory Capital Adequacy.”

Dividends. OptimumBank Holdings’ ability to pay dividends is substantially dependent on the ability of OptimumBank to pay dividends to OptimumBank Holdings. As a state chartered bank, OptimumBank is subject to dividend restrictions set by Florida law and the FDIC. Except with the prior approval of the Florida OFR, all dividends of any Florida bank must be paid out of retained net profits from the current period and the previous two years, after deducting expenses, including losses and bad debts. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an FDIC-insured institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or while it is undercapitalized. The FDIC and the Florida OFR also have the general authority to limit the dividend payment by banks if such payment may be deemed to constitute an unsafe and unsound practice. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is further restricted under the Consent Order and the Company’s ability to pay dividends is also restricted under its Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve. At December 31, 2010, the Bank and Company could not pay cash dividends.

Loans to One Borrower. Florida law generally allows a state bank such as OptimumBank to extend credit to any one borrower (and certain related entities of such borrower) in an amount up to 25% of its capital accounts, provided that the unsecured portion may not exceed 15% of the capital accounts of the bank. Based upon OptimumBank’s capital, the maximum loan OptimumBank is currently permitted to make is approximately $1.9 million, provided the unsecured portion does not exceed approximately $1.2 million.

Transactions with Affiliates. Under federal law, federally insured banks are subject, with certain exceptions, to certain restrictions on any extension of credit to their parent holding companies or other affiliates, on investment in the stock or other securities of affiliates, and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral from any borrower. In addition, banks are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or the providing of any property or service.

Change of Bank Control. Florida law restricts the amount of voting stock of a bank that a person may acquire without the prior approval of banking regulators. The overall effect of such laws is to make it more difficult to acquire a bank by tender offer or similar means than it might be to acquire control of another type of corporation. Consequently, shareholders of financial institutions are less likely to benefit from the rapid increases in stock prices that often result from tender offers or similar efforts to acquire control of other companies.

Under Florida law, no person or group of persons may, directly or indirectly or acting by or through one or more persons, purchase or acquire a controlling interest in any bank which would result in the change in control of that bank unless the Florida OFR first shall have approved such proposed acquisition. A person or group will be deemed to have acquired “control” of a bank (i) if the person or group, directly or indirectly or acting by or through one, or more other persons, owns, controls, or has power to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank, or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the bank, or (ii) if the Florida OFR determines that such person exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank. In any case where a proposed purchase of voting securities would give rise to a presumption of control, the person or group who proposes to purchase the securities must first file written notice of the proposal to the Florida OFR for its review and approval. Subsections 658.27(2)I and 658.28(3), Florida Statutes, refer to a potential change of control of a financial institution at a 10% or more threshold and rebuttable presumption of control. Accordingly, the name of any subscriber acquiring more than 10% of the voting securities of OptimumBank must be submitted to the Florida OFR for prior approval.

 

11


Table of Contents

USA Patriot Act. The USA Patriot Act was enacted after September 11, 2001 to provide the federal government with powers to prevent, detect, and prosecute terrorism and international money laundering, and has resulted in promulgation of several regulations that have a direct impact on banks. There are a number of programs that financial institutions must have in place such as: (i) Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering programs to manage risk; (ii) Customer Identification Programs to determine the true identity of customers, document and verify the information, and determine whether the customer appears on any federal government list of known or suspected terrorist or terrorist organizations; and (iii) monitoring for the timely detection and reporting of suspicious activity and reportable transactions. Over the past few years, enforcement, and compliance monitoring, of these anti-money laundering laws has dramatically increased. As a result, we have increased the attention and resources we dedicate to compliance with these laws.

Other Consumer Laws. Florida usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates limit the amount of interest and various other charges collected or contracted by a bank. OptimumBank’s loans are also subject to federal laws applicable to consumer credit transactions, such as the:

 

   

Federal Truth-In-Lending Act governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

   

Community Reinvestment Act requiring financial institutions to meet their obligations to provide for the total credit needs of the communities they serve, including investing their assets in loans to low and moderate-income borrowers;

 

   

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligations to meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

   

Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibitive factors in extending credit;

 

   

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act which requires lenders to disclose certain information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements, and prohibits certain lending practices, as well as limits escrow account amounts in real estate transactions;

 

   

Fair Debt Collection Act governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

   

Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act which establishes additional rights for consumers to obtain and correct credit reports, addresses identity theft, and establishes additional requirements for consumer reporting agencies and financial institutions that provide adverse credit information to a consumer reporting agency; and

 

   

The rules and regulations of various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

OptimumBank’s deposit and loan operations are also subject to the:

 

   

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 privacy provisions, which require us to maintain privacy policies intended to safeguard consumer financial information, to disclose these policies to our customers, and allow customers to “opt-out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and

 

   

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E, which govern automatic deposits to, and withdrawals from, deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.

Other Regulation

Enforcement Powers. Congress has provided the federal bank regulatory agencies with an array of powers to enforce laws, rules, regulations and orders. Among other things, the agencies may require that institutions cease and desist from certain activities, may preclude persons from participating in the affairs of insured depository institutions, may suspend or remove deposit insurance, and may impose civil money penalties against institution-affiliated parties for certain violations.

Community Redevelopment Act. Bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks are subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the appropriate bank regulatory agency. Under the terms of the CRA, the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency is required, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess such bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the community served by that bank, including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the Bank’s record is made available to the public. Further, such assessment is required of any bank which has applied to charter a bank, obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly chartered institution, establish a new branch office that will accept deposits, relocate an office, or merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will assess the record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application.

 

12


Table of Contents

Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies. Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve monetary policies have had, and will likely continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of financial institutions through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have major effects upon the levels of loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States Government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirement against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

Statistical Profile and Other Financial Data

Reference is hereby made to the statistical and financial data contained in the sections captioned “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for statistical and financial data providing a review of our business activities.

Item 2. Properties

The following table sets forth information with respect to our main office and branch offices as of December 31, 2010.

 

Location

   Year Facility
Opened
  

Facility Status

Executive Office

     

2477 East Commercial Boulevard

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308

   2004    Owned

Branch Offices

     

10197 Cleary Boulevard

Plantation, Florida 33324

   2000    Owned

3524 North Ocean Boulevard

Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308

   2003    Leased (1)

2215 West Hillsboro Boulevard

Deerfield Beach, Florida 22442

   2004    Leased (2)

 

(1) On February 1, 2007, OptimumBank entered into a sale/leaseback transaction for this facility. No gain or loss was recognized on this transaction. The lease is for a seven-year term. The monthly lease payment at December 31, 2010 was $4,444. The tenant is responsible for maintenance and real estate taxes.
(2) Lease is for a ten-year term, with two five-year options to renew, for 2,500 square feet. The monthly lease payment at December 31, 2010 was $6,642.

 

13


Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time-to-time, we are involved in litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. As of the date of the filing of this Form 10-K, we are of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability represented thereby, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Our common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market, under the symbol “OPHC.” The table below presents the high and low sales prices for the periods indicated. Sales prices have been adjusted to reflect the 4-for-1 reverse stock split effective November 5, 2010.

 

Year

     Quarter      High        Low  

2009

     First      $ 22.40         $ 12.72   
     Second      $ 23.96         $ 11.88   
     Third      $ 20.00         $ 10.80   
     Fourth      $ 12.60         $ 5.00   

2010

     First      $ 11.00         $ 3.36   
     Second      $ 7.28         $ 1.40   
     Third      $ 3.92         $ 1.32   
     Fourth      $ 6.49         $ 1.75   

We had approximately 471 holders registered or in street name as of December 31,

On January 10, 2011, the Nasdaq Stock Market notified us that we failed to comply with the NASDAQ Listing Rule requiring the board of directors to have a majority of members who are independent because only three of the directors on our six-member board were independent. We have been provided until (a) the earlier of the Company’s next annual shareholders’ meeting or January 6, 2012; or (b) if the next annual shareholders’ meeting is held before July 5, 2011, no later than July 5, 2011 to comply with the independent director requirement. If we are unable to comply with the independent director requirement by the deadline, our common stock will be delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market.

At December 31, 2010, the Bank and Company could not pay cash dividends and the Company does not anticipate that it will pay dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future. Banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Company. The amount of cash dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Company is based on the Bank’s net earnings of the current year combined with the Bank’s retained earnings of the preceding two years, as defined by state banking regulations. However, for any dividend declaration, the Company must consider additional factors such as the amount of current period net earnings, liquidity, asset quality, capital adequacy and economic conditions. It is likely that these factors would further limit the amount of dividends which the Company could declare. Furthermore, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends is restricted under the Consent Order issued by the FDIC and Florida Office of Financial Regulation and banking laws. The Company’s ability to pay dividends is also restricted under its Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve.

 

14


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

At December 31, or for the Year Then Ended

(Dollars in thousands, except per share figures)

 

     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

At Year End:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,367        36,784        3,220        701        1,604   

Securities held to maturity

     51,057        81,141        82,208        58,471        33,399   

Security available for sale

     —          —          244        244        241   

Loans, net

     113,542        134,126        160,699        173,323        181,878   

All other assets

     11,339        17,906        9,369        8,808        8,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 190,305        269,957        255,740        241,547        225,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposit accounts

     148,238        151,682        114,925        125,034        129,502   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     31,700        57,700        68,700        56,850        56,550   

Other borrowings

     —          41,800        41,800        28,900        10,950   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155        5,155        5,155        5,155        5,155   

All other liabilities

     2,377        2,332        2,395        3,361        3,123   

Stockholders’ equity

     2,835        11,288        22,765        22,247        20,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 190,305        269,957        255,740        241,547        225,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year:

          

Total interest income

     8,787        14,006        15,570        16,137        14,191   

Total interest expense

     4,867        8,351        9,211        9,700        8,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,920        5,655        6,359        6,437        6,128   

Provision for loan losses

     3,645        15,794        1,374        476        265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan losses

     275        (10,139     4,985        5,961        5,863   

Noninterest income (expense)

     1,394        (145     393        533        628   

Noninterest expenses

     9,773        4,698        4,545        3,749        3,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) earnings before income taxes (benefit)

     (8,104     (14,982     833        2,745        2,917   

Income taxes expense (benefit)

     349        (3,501     313        1,003        1,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) earnings

   $ (8,453     (11,481     520        1,742        1,834   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) earnings per share, basic (1)

   $ (10.32     (14.01     .63        2.13        2.25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) earnings per share, diluted (1)

   $ (10.32     (14.01     .63        2.08        2.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding, basic (1)

     819,358        819,358        819,261        816,960        814,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding, diluted (1)

     819,358        819,358        830,608        835,995        848,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios and Other Data:

          

Return on average assets

     (3.84 )%      (4.23 )%      .21     .73     .85

Return on average equity

     (127.59 )%      (55.55 )%      2.26     8.16     9.37

Average equity to average assets

     3.01     7.62     9.15     8.96     9.12

Net interest margin during the year

     1.88     2.14     2.61     2.78     2.96

Interest-rate differential during the year

     1.87     1.91     2.26     2.34     2.63

Net yield on average interest-earning assets

     4.21     5.30     6.38     6.96     6.85

Noninterest expenses to average assets

     4.44     1.73     1.81     1.57     1.67

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     1.00        1.07        1.09        1.10        1.08   

Nonperforming loans and foreclosed assets as a percentage of total assets at end of year

     19.82     10.87     2.03     0.13     —     

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at end of year

     3.16     6.54     1.18     .40     .54

Total number of banking offices

     3        3        3        3        3   

Total shares outstanding at end of year (1)

     819,358        819,358        780,248        780,283        777,340   

Book value per share at end of year (1)

   $ 3.46        13.78        29.17        28.52        26.27   

 

(1) All share and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-4 reverse stock split declared in October 2010 and 5% tock dividends declared in May 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

15


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

General

OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. was formed in 2004 as a Florida corporation to serve as a one-bank holding company for OptimumBank and acquired all of the shares of OptimumBank in May 2004. Our only business is the ownership and operation of OptimumBank and its subsidiaries. OptimumBank is a Florida chartered bank which opened in November 2000, and its deposits are insured by the FDIC. The Bank provides community banking services to individuals and businesses in Broward, Miami-Dade and Palm Beach counties. OptimumBank conducts operations from its Fort Lauderdale headquarters and three branch offices in Fort Lauderdale, Plantation and Deerfield Beach. The Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are OB Real Estate Management, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings, LLC and OB Real Estate Holding 1503, LLC, all of which were formed in 2009, and OB Real Estate Holdings 1695, OB Real Estate Holdings 1669, OB Real Estate Holdings 1645, and OB Real Estate Holdings 1565, all formed in 2010. OB Real Estate Management, LLC is primarily engaged in managing foreclosed real estate, but had no activity in 2010. All other bank subsidiaries are primarily engaged in holding and disposing of foreclosed real estate.

At December 31, 2010, our company had total assets of $190.3 million, net loans of $113.5 million, total deposits of $148.2 million and stockholders’ equity of $2.8 million. During 2010, our company had a net loss of $8.5 million.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting measurements and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. When applying accounting policies in areas that are subjective in nature, we must use our best judgment to arrive at the carrying value of certain assets. One of the most critical accounting policies applied by us is related to the valuation of our loan portfolio.

A variety of estimates impact the carrying value of our loan portfolio including the calculation of the allowance for loan losses, valuation of underlying collateral, the timing of loan charge-offs and the amount and amortization of loan fees and deferred origination costs.

The calculation of the allowance for loan losses is a complex process containing estimates which are inherently subjective and susceptible to significant revision as current information becomes available. The allowance is established and maintained at a level we believe is adequate to cover losses resulting from the inability of borrowers to make required payments on loans. Estimates for loan losses are determined by analyzing risks associated with specific loans and the loan portfolio, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, the views of our regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio and peer comparisons. The analysis also requires consideration of the economic climate and direction, changes in the economic and interest rate environment which may impact a borrower’s ability to pay, legislation impacting the banking industry and economic conditions specific to the tri-county region we serve in Southeast Florida. Because the calculation of the allowance for loan losses relies on our estimates and judgments relating to inherently uncertain events, results may differ from management’s estimates.

The allowance for loan losses is also discussed as part of “Loan Portfolio, Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses” and in Note 3 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Regulation and Legislation

As a state-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, or Florida OFR, and the FDIC. We file reports with the Florida OFR and the FDIC concerning our activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. Periodic examinations are performed by the Florida OFR and the FDIC to monitor our compliance with the various regulatory requirements. The Company is also subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors.

 

16


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio, Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses

Our primary business is making real estate loans. This activity may subject us to potential loan losses, the magnitude of which depends on a variety of economic factors affecting borrowers which are beyond our control. For the past several years, there has been a dramatic decrease in housing and real estate values in south Florida, coupled with a significant increase in the rate of unemployment. With most of our loans concentrated in south Florida, the decline in local economic conditions has adversely affected the values of our real estate collateral. These trends have contributed to an increase in our impaired loans and reduced asset quality. As of December 31, 2010, our impaired loans were approximately $44.6 million, or 39.3% of the net loan portfolio. Impaired loans and real estate owned were approximately $47.9 million as of this same date, or 25.1% of total assets. If market conditions continue to deteriorate, they may lead to additional valuation adjustments on our loan portfolio and real estate owned as we continue to reassess the market value of our loan portfolio, the losses associated with impaired loans, and the net realizable value of real estate owned.

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio:

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
 
                 (dollars in thousands)              

Residential real estate

   $ 40,130        34.27   $ 55,915        39.06   $ 58,693        36.25

Multi-family real estate

     4,213        3.60        5,162        3.61        9,588        5.92   

Commercial real estate

     55,119        47.07        58,901        41.14        73,541        45.42   

Land and construction

     17,292        14.77        22,355        15.61        19,223        11.87   

Consumer

     358        .29        836        .58        878        .54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     117,112        100.00     143,169        100.00     161,923        100.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Add (deduct):

            

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,703       (9,363       (1,906  

Net deferred loan costs and discounts

     133          320          682     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 113,542        $ 134,126        $ 160,699     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

     At December 31,  
     2007     2006  
     Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Residential real estate

   $ 65,908        38.08   $ 70,868        38.99

Multi-family real estate

     10,275        5.94        10,769        5.93   

Commercial real estate

     75,777        43.78        68,852        37.89   

Land and construction

     21,093        12.19        31,022        17.07   

Consumer

     15        .01        227        .12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     173,068        100.00     181,738        100.00
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Add (deduct):

        

Allowance for loan losses

     (692       (974  

Net deferred loan costs and discounts

     947          1,114     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 173,323        $ 181,878     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

17


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  

Beginning balance

   $ 9,363      $ 1,906      $ 692      $ 974      $ 777   

Provision for loan losses

     3,645        15,794        1,374        476        265   

Loans charged off

     (9,424     (8,337     (160     (758     (68

Recoveries

     119        —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3,703      $ 9,363      $ 1,906      $ 692      $ 974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable incurred losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to expense and reduced by loans charged off, net of recoveries. The allowance for loan losses represented 3.16% and 6.54% of the total loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We evaluate the allowance for loan losses on a regular basis. The allowance for loan losses is determined based on our periodic review of several factors: reviews and evaluation of individual loans, historical loan loss experiences, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of two components. The first component consists of amounts specifically reserved (“specific allowance”) for specific loans identified as impaired, as defined by FASB Accounting Standards Codification No. 310 (“ASC 310”). Impaired loans are those loans that management has estimated will not repay as agreed upon. We measure impairment on a loan by loan basis for all our loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.. A loan may be impaired (i.e. not expected to repay as agreed), but may be sufficiently collateralized such that we expect to recover all principal and interest eventually, and therefore no specific reserve is warranted.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

The second component is a general reserve (“general allowance”) on all of our loans other than those identified as impaired. We group these loans into categories with similar characteristics and then apply a loss factor to each group which is derived from our historical loss experience for that category adjusted for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and other trends or uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable loss. The aggregate of these two components results in our total allowance for loan losses.

The following table sets forth our allowance for loan losses by loan type (dollars in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     Amount     % of
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Total
Loans
 

Residential real estate

   $ 1,285        34.27   $ 2,049        39.06   $ 928        36.25

Multi-family real estate

     282        3.60        489        3.61        62        5.92   

Commercial real estate

     1,542        47.07        1,466        41.14        463        45.42   

Land and construction

     514        14.77        5,227        15.61        444        11.87   

Consumer

     80        .29        132        .58        9        .54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,703        100.00   $ 9,363        100.00   $ 1,906        100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding

     3.16       6.54       1.18  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

     At December 31,  
     2007     2006  
     Amount     % of
Total
Loans
    Amount     % of
Total
Loans
 

Residential real estate

   $ 187        38.08   $ 400        38.99

Multi-family real estate

     59        5.94        54        5.93   

Commercial real estate

     379        43.78        406        37.89   

Land and construction

     67        12.19        114        17.07   

Consumer

     —          .01        —          .12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

   $ 692        100.00   $ 974        100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans outstanding

     0.40       0.54  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

19


Table of Contents

The following summarizes impaired loans (in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Collateral-dependent loans identified as impaired:

    

Gross loans with no related allowance for losses

   $ 35,531      $ 21,846   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans with related allowance for losses recorded

     669        18,032   

Less allowances on these loans

     (75     (5,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans with related allowance

     594        12,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in collateral-dependent impaired loans

     36,125        34,336   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncollateral-dependent loans identified as impaired:

    

Gross loans with no related allowance for losses

     7,347        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross loans with related allowance for losses recorded

     1,174        3,623   

Less allowance on these loans

     (11     (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans with related allowance

     1,163        3,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in noncollateral-dependent impaired loans

     8,510        3,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment in impaired loans

   $ 44,635      $ 37,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2010, 2009 and 2008, the average net investment in impaired loans and interest income recognized and received on impaired loans is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Average investment in impaired loans

   $ 33,987       $ 25,017       $ 3,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income recognized on impaired loans

   $ 313       $ 280       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income received on a cash basis on impaired loans

   $ 658       $ 584       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company had no nonaccrual loans or loans over 90 days past due still accruing interest. Nonaccrual and past due loans were as follows as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008      2007  

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 34,530       $ 23,848       $ 5,086       $ 245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Past ninety days or more, but still accruing interest

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity represents an institution’s ability to meet current and future obligations through liquidation or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional liabilities. Our ability to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers and to benefit from investment opportunities is facilitated through liquidity management.

Our primary sources of cash during the year ended December 31, 2010 were from principal repayments of securities held to maturity of $11.4 million, proceeds from the sale of securities held to maturity of $44.9 million and net repayments of loans of $16.7 million. Cash was used primarily to purchase securities held to maturity totaling $24.3 million and repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements of $71.5 million. In order to increase our core deposits, we have priced our deposit rates competitively. We will adjust rates on our deposits to attract or retain deposits as needed. In addition to obtaining funds from depositors in our market area, from time to time we have utilized brokers to obtain deposits outside our market area.

In addition to obtaining funds from depositors, we may borrow funds from other financial institutions. We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which allows us to borrow funds under a pre-arranged line of credit equal to $31.7 million. As of December 31, 2010, we had $31.7 million in borrowings outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta to facilitate loan fundings and manage our asset and liability structure.

Securities

Our securities portfolio is comprised primarily of mortgage-backed securities. The securities portfolio is categorized as either “held to maturity” or “available for sale.” Securities held to maturity represent those securities which we have the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost. Securities available for sale represent those investments which may be sold for various reasons including changes in interest rates and liquidity considerations. These securities are reported at fair market value and unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities portfolio (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

At December 31, 2010:

     

Securities held to maturity:

     

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 50,957       $ 48,739   

Foreign bond

     100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 51,057       $ 48,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009:

     

Securities held to maturity:

     

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 81,041       $ 76,884   

Foreign bond

     100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 81,141       $ 76,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008:

     

Securities held to maturity:

     

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 82,108       $ 78,656   

Foreign bond

     100         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 82,208       $ 78,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Security available for sale-Mutual fund

   $ 250       $ 244   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, by maturity distribution, certain information pertaining to the securities portfolio (dollars in thousands):

 

     Within
One Year
     After One
But  Within
Five
Years
     After Five
Years
Through
Ten Years
     After Ten
Years
     Total      Yield  

At December 31, 2010:

                 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 4,001       $ 5,988       $ 1,887       $ 39,081       $ 50,957         4.25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign bond

   $ —         $ —         $ 100       $ —         $ 100         5.95
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009:

                 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ —         $ —         $ 11,576       $ 69,465       $ 81,041         5.39
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign bond

   $ —         $ —         $ 100       $ —         $ 100         5.95
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008:

                 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,604       $ 80,504       $ 82,108         5.41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign bond

   $ —         $ —         $ 100       $ —         $ 100         5.95
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company sold 22 held to maturity securities in order to downsize and deleverage its balance sheet, recognizing net gains of $1.35 million. This action was taken in an effort to comply with a significant increase in the regulatory capital requirements imposed on the Bank under the Consent Order issued by the FDIC and Florida Office of Financial Regulation

At December 31, 2010, $24.0 million of the $51.0 million in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) were U.S. agency MBS and $27.0 million were private label MBS. Approximately $24.2 million of the private label MBS at December 31, 2010 were rated sub-investment grade securities by the securities rating agencies. In general, non-investment grade securities cannot be used to collateralize borrowings and are considered to be substandard assets by the Federal regulatory agencies.

Regulatory Capital Adequacy

Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and, possibly, additional discretionary actions by federal and state regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. In addition, the Consent Order imposes increased minimum capital requirements on the Bank.

Quantitative measures established by regulation and by the Consent Order to ensure capital adequacy require us to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2010, we did not meet the minimum applicable capital adequacy requirements. See “Supervision and Regulation – Bank Regulation- Capital Adequacy Requirements.”

 

22


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, our actual and required minimum capital ratios were as follows (in thousands):

REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Minimum
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective

Action Provisions
    Requirements of
Consent Order
 
     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %  

As of December 31, 2010:

                    

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 9,639         6.70   $ 11,513         8.00   $ 14,392         10.00   $ 17,270         12.00

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     7,817         5.43        5,757         4.00        8,635         6.00        N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital to Total Assets

     7,817         4.02        7,786         4.00        9,733         5.00        15,572         8.00   

As of December 31, 2009:

                    

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     18,342         10.23        14,349         8.00        17,937         10.00        N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     16,012         8.93        7,175         4.00        10,762         6.00        N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital to Total Assets

     16,012         5.85        10,952         4.00        13,690         5.00        N/A         N/A   

 

     Actual     For Capital  Adequacy
Purposes
    Minimum
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %  

As of December 31, 2008:

               

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 29,357         18.91   $ 12,419         8.00   $ 15,524         10.00

Tier I Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     27,451         17.68        6,210         4.00        9,314         6.00   

Tier I Capital to Total Assets

     27,451         10.71        10,254         4.00        12,818         5.00   

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest-rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit-taking activities. We do not engage in securities trading or hedging activities and do not invest in interest-rate derivatives or enter into interest rate swaps.

We may utilize financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. The measurement of market risk associated with financial instruments is meaningful only when all related and offsetting on- and off-balance-sheet transactions are aggregated, and the resulting net positions are identified. Disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments, which reflect changes in market prices and rates, can be found in Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our primary objective in managing interest-rate risk is to minimize the potential adverse impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income and capital, while adjusting our asset-liability structure to obtain the maximum yield-cost spread on that structure. We actively monitor and manage our interest-rate risk exposure by managing our asset and liability structure. However, a sudden and substantial increase in interest rates may adversely impact our earnings, to the extent that the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities do not change or reprice at the same speed, to the same extent, or on the same basis.

We use modeling techniques to simulate changes in net interest income under various rate scenarios. Important elements of these techniques include the mix of floating versus fixed-rate assets and liabilities, and the scheduled, as well as expected, repricing and maturing volumes and rates of the existing balance sheet.

Asset Liability Management

As part of our asset and liability management, we have emphasized establishing and implementing internal asset-liability decision processes, as well as control procedures to aid in managing our earnings. Management believes that these processes and procedures provide us with better capital planning, asset mix and volume controls, loan-pricing guidelines, and deposit interest-rate guidelines, which should result in tighter controls and less exposure to interest-rate risk.

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.” An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest-rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. The gap ratio is computed as the amount of rate sensitive assets less the amount of rate sensitive liabilities divided by total assets. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds interest-rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds interest-rate sensitive assets. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive gap would adversely affect net interest income.

In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases in interest rates on the results of operations, our management continues to monitor our assets and liabilities to better match the maturities and repricing terms of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Our policies emphasize the origination of adjustable-rate loans, building a stable core deposit base and, to the extent possible, matching deposit maturities with loan repricing timeframes or maturities.

 

24


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2010, that are estimated to mature or are scheduled to reprice within the period shown (dollars in thousands):

GAP MATURITY / REPRICING SCHEDULE

 

     One
Year or
Less
    More
than One
Year and
Less than
Five Years
    More
than Five
Years and
Less than
Fifteen Years
    Over
Fifteen
Years
    Total  

Loans (1):

          

Residential real estate loans

   $ 29,194      $ 10,936      $ —        $ —        $ 40,130   

Multi-family real estate loans

     3,480        653        —          80        4,213   

Commercial real estate loans

     40,905        13,254        960        —          55,119   

Land and construction

     12,674        4,325        293        —          17,292   

Consumer loans

     150        208        —          —          358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     86,403        29,376        1,253        80        117,112   

Federal funds sold

     13,154        —          —          —          13,154   

Securities (2)

     4,001        5,988        21,207        19,861        51,057   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     3,173        —          —          —          3,173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rate-sensitive assets

     106,731        35,364        22,460        19,941        184,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposit accounts (3):

          

Money-market deposits

     33,854        —          —          —          33,854   

Interest-bearing checking deposits .

     986        —          —          —          986   

Savings deposits

     1,814        —          —          —          1,814   

Time deposits

     87,919        23,356        —          —          111,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     124,573        23,356        —          —          147,929   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     —          11,500        20,200        —          31,700   

Junior subordinated debenture

     —          —          —          5,155        5,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rate-sensitive liabilities

     124,573        34,856        20,200        5,155        184,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GAP (repricing differences)

   $ (17,842   $ 508      $ 2,260      $ 14,786      $ (288
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative GAP

   $ (17,842   $ (17,334   $ (15,074   $ (288  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Cumulative GAP/total assets

     (9.38 )%      (9.11 )%      (7.92 )%      (.15 )%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) In preparing the table above, adjustable-rate loans are included in the period in which the interest rates are next scheduled to adjust rather than in the period in which the loans mature. Fixed-rate loans are scheduled, including repayment, according to their maturities.
(2) Securities are scheduled through the repricing date.
(3) Money-market, interest-bearing checking and savings deposits are regarded as readily accessible withdrawable accounts. All other time deposits are scheduled through the maturity dates.

 

25


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth loan maturities by type of loan at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     One Year
or Less
     After One
But Within
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  

Residential real estate

   $ 2,865       $ 2,360       $ 34,905       $ 40,130   

Multi-family real estate

     —           —           4,213         4,213   

Commercial real estate

     9,162         7,461         38,496         55,119   

Land and construction

     2,531         668         14,093         17,292   

Consumer

     150         208         —           358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,708       $ 10,697       $ 91,707       $ 117,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the maturity or repricing of loans by interest type at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     One Year
or Less
     After One
But Within
Five Years
     After
Five Years
     Total  

Fixed interest rate

   $ 14,557       $ 5,405       $ 254       $ 20,216   

Variable interest rate

     5,442         —           91,454         96,896   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,999       $ 5,405       $ 91,708       $ 117,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Scheduled contractual principal repayments of loans do not reflect the actual life of such assets. The average life of loans is substantially less than their average contractual terms due to prepayments. In addition, due-on-sale clauses on loans generally give us the right to declare a conventional loan immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, that the borrower sells real property subject to a mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of mortgage loans tends to increase, however, when current mortgage loan rates are substantially higher than rates on existing mortgage loans and, conversely, decrease when rates on existing mortgages are substantially higher than current mortgage rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

We are party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. At December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding commitments to originate real estate loans. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contractual amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed-expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since certain commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total committed amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if we deem it necessary in order to extend credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

 

26


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the Bank’s contractual obligations, including certain on-balance sheet obligations, at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
Contractual Obligations    Total      Less
Than 1
Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More
Than 5
Years
 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

   $ 31,700       $ —         $ 11,500       $ —         $ 20,200   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155         —           —           —           5,155   

Operating leases

     297         133         164         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37,152       $ 133       $ 11,664       $ —         $ 25,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits

Deposits traditionally are the primary source of funds for our use in lending, making investments and meeting liquidity demands. We have focused on raising time deposits primarily within our market area, which is the tri-county area of Broward, Miami-Dade and Palm Beach counties. However, we offer a variety of deposit products, which we promote within our market area. Net deposits decreased $3.4 million in 2010 and increased $36.8 million in 2009.

We have used brokered deposits to facilitate mortgage loan fundings in circumstances when larger than anticipated loan volumes occur and there is limited time to fund the additional loan demand through traditional deposit solicitation. In general, brokered deposits can be obtained in one to three days. The rates paid on these deposits are typically equal to or slightly less than the high end of the interest rates in our market area. Brokered deposits amounted to $1.7 million and $13.9 million as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. We have reduced our reliance on brokered deposits which are considered a more volatile source of funding by no longer accepting or rolling over existing brokered deposits.

The following table displays the distribution of the Bank’s deposits at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     Amount      % of
Deposits
    Amount      % of
Deposits
    Amount      % of
Deposits
 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 309         .21   $ 199         .13   $ 90         .08

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     986         .67        1,157         .76        1,464         1.27   

Money-market deposits

     33,854         22.83        41,204         27.16        28,009         24.37   

Savings

     1,814         1.22        1,861         1.24        1,195         1.04   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     36,963         24.93        44,421         29.29        30,758         26.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits:

               

0.00% – 0.99%

     9,046         6.10      $ 8,056         5.31   $ —           —  

1.00% – 1.99%

     83,601         56.40        35,524         23.42        —           —     

2.00% – 2.99%

     15,455         10.43        52,719         34.76        7,696         6.70   

3.00% – 3.99%

     987         .67        2,568         1.69        39,678         34.53   

4.00% – 4.99%

     1,460         .98        7,562         4.99        35,627         31.00   

5.00% – 5.99%

     726         .49        810         .53        1,146         1.00   

6.00% – 6.99%

     —           —          22         .01        20         .01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total time deposits (1)

     111,275         75.07        107,261         70.71        84,167         73.24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 148,238         100.00   $ 151,682         100.00   $ 114,925         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included are Individual Retirement Accounts (IRA’s) totaling $8,745,000 and $8,790,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, all of which are in the form of time deposits.

 

27


Table of Contents

Deposits of $100,000 or more, or Jumbo Time Deposits, are generally considered a more unpredictable source of funds. The following table sets forth our maturity distribution of deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Due three months or less

   $ 14,829       $ 9,060   

Due more than three months to six months

     7,036         14,083   

More than six months to one year

     19,495         25,608   

One to five years

     9,949         3,887   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 51,309       $ 52,638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our profitability depends to a large extent on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest received on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the difference between yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities (“interest-rate spread”) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-rate spread is affected by regulatory, economic, and competitive factors that influence interest rates, loan demand, and deposit flows. Our results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses, operating expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses including income taxes, and noninterest income such as loan prepayment fees.

 

28


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding (i) the total dollar amount of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yield; (ii) the total dollar amount of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average cost; (iii) net interest income; (iv) interest rate spread; and (v) net interest margin. Average balances are based on average daily balances (dollars in thousands):

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
and
Dividends
    Average
Yield/
Rate
 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans

  $ 129,947      $ 6,301        4.85   $ 158,157      $ 8,986        5.68   $ 162,157      $ 11,236        6.93

Securities

    45,027        2,409        5.35        89,129        4,985        5.59        76,975        4,183        5.43   

Other interest-earning assets (1)

    33,555        77        0.23        16,953        35        0.21        4,786        151        3.16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

    208,529        8,787        4.21        264,239        14,006        5.30        243,918        15,570        6.38   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Cash and due from banks

    1,164            2,176            538       

Premises and equipment

    2,872            3,017            3,181       

Other assets

    7,341            1,933            3,234       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 219,906          $ 271,365          $ 250,871       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Savings, NOW and money-market deposits

    41,555        486        1.17        38,616        713        1.85        32,291        1,024        3.17   

Time deposits

    114,817        2,297        2.00        94,838        2,913        3.07        81,461        3,497        4.29   

Borrowings (4)

    51,194        2,084        4.07        113,175        4,725        4.17        109,961        4,690        4.27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

    207,566        4,867        2.34        246,629        8,351        3.39        223,713        9,211        4.12   
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    507            449            715       

Other liabilities

    5,208            3,620            3,478       

Stockholders’ equity

    6,625            20,667            22,965       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 219,906          $ 271,365          $ 250,871       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

    $ 3,920          $ 5,655          $ 6,359     
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Interest rate spread (2)

        1.87         1.91         2.26
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin (3)

        1.88         2.14         2.61
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

        1.00            1.07            1.09   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest-earning deposits with banks, Federal funds sold and Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends.
(2) Interest rate spread represents the difference between average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(4) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank advances, junior subordinated debenture and securities sold under an agreement to repurchase.

 

29


Table of Contents

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

The following tables set forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate) and (3) changes in rate-volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,
2010 versus 2009
Increases (Decreases) Due to Change In:
 
     Rate     Volume     Rate/
Volume
    Total  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Loans

   $ (1,317   $ (1,603   $ 235      $ (2,685

Securities

     (216     (2,467     107        (2,576

Other interest-earning assets

     3        35        4        42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     (1,530     (4,035     346        (5,219
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

Savings, NOW and money-market

     (261     54        (20     (227

Time deposits

     (1,016     614        (214     (616

Other

     (119     (2,588     66        (2,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (1,396     (1,920     (168     (3,484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ (134   $ (2,115   $ 514      $ (1,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31,
2009 versus 2008
Increases (Decreases) Due to Change In:
 
     Rate     Volume     Rate/
Volume
    Total  

Interest-earning assets:

        

Loans

   $ (2,023   $ (277   $ 50      $ (2,250

Securities

     123        660        19        802   

Other interest-earning assets

     (140     383        (359     (116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     (2,040     766        (290     (1,564
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

        

Savings, NOW and money-market

     (428     201        (84     (311

Time deposits

     (995     574        (163     (584

Other

     (99     136        (2     35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     (1,522     911        (249     (860
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ (518   $ (145   $ (41   $ (704
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

General. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $8,453,000 or $(10.32) per basic and diluted share compared to a net loss of $11,481,000 or $(14.01) per basic and diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009. This $3.0 million decrease in the Company’s net loss was primarily due to a $12,149,000 decrease in the provision for loan losses partially offset by a net $2.3 million expense associated with downsizing the Company, a $3.9 million reduction in income tax benefit and a $1.1 million increase in professional fees associated with loan foreclosures, workouts, and regulatory matters.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest income on loans decreased to $6.3 million due primarily to a decrease in the average loan portfolio balance and a decrease in the average yield earned in 2010 due to an increase in the average balance of non-performing loans in 2010. Interest on securities decreased by $2.6 million due primarily to a decrease in the average balance of the securities portfolio in 2010.

Interest Expense. Interest expense on deposit accounts decreased to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Interest expense on deposits decreased primarily because of a decrease in the average yield paid in 2010 partially offset by an increase in the average balance of deposits. Interest expense on borrowings decreased to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 due primarily to a decrease in the average balance of borrowings.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $3.6 million compared to $15.8 million for the same period in 2009. The provision for loan losses is charged to operations as losses are estimated to have occurred in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2010. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based upon historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by us, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of the underlying collateral, loans identified as impaired, general economic conditions, particularly as they relate to our market areas, and other factors related to the estimated collectability of our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $3.7 million or 3.16% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2010, compared to $9.4 million, or 6.54% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2009. The decrease in the allowance was due to the use of specific reserves for charge-offs of loans deemed uncollectible. Management believes the balance in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010 is adequate.

Noninterest Income. Total noninterest income increased to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $(145,000) for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to gains recognized on the sale of securities as part of the downsizing of the Company in the first quarter of 2010 and an other-than-temporary impairment on securities recorded for $179,000 in 2009.

Noninterest Expenses. Total noninterest expenses increased to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to a loss on the early extinguishment of debt associated with the Company’s downsizing, and an increase in professional fees due to legal and consulting expenses associated with loan foreclosure, loan workouts, and regulatory matters, and write-downs on foreclosed real estate, all occurring in the 2010 period.

Income Taxes (Benefit). The income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $349,000. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $3,501,000.

 

31


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

General. Net loss for 2009 were $11,481,000, or $14.01 per basic and diluted share, $12 million more than in 2008. The primary factors explaining the decline were a $.5 decrease in noninterest income (expense) coupled with a $14.4 million increase in the provision for loan losses, and a $.7 decrease in net interest income, partially offset by a $4.3 million decrease in income tax expense.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased to $14.0 million for 2009 compared to $15.6 million for 2008. Interest income on loans decreased to $9.0 million due primarily to a decrease in the average loan portfolio balance and a decrease in the average yield earned in 2009. Interest on securities increased by $.8 million due primarily to an increase in the average balance of the securities portfolio in 2009.

Interest Expense. Interest expense on deposit accounts decreased to $3.6 million for 2009, from $4.5 million for 2008. Interest expense on deposits decreased primarily because of a decrease in rates paid in 2009. Interest expense on borrowings remained $4.7 million for 2009 and 2008.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for 2009 was $15.8 million compared to $1.4 million for 2008. In 2009, the provision was primarily to reflect the impairment in value of loans in the amount of $5.5 million and charge-offs of $8.3 million. The provision for loan losses is charged to earnings as losses are estimated to have occurred in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based upon historical experience, the volume and type of lending conducted by us, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of the underlying collateral, loans identified as impaired, general economic conditions, particularly as they relate to our market areas, and other factors related to the estimated collectability of our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses totaled $9.4 million or 6.54% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2009, compared to $1.9 million, or 1.18% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2008. Management believes the balance in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2009 is adequate.

Noninterest Income (Expense). Total noninterest income (expense) decreased to $(145,000) for 2009, from $393,000 for 2008 primarily as a result of a decrease in loan prepayment fees, late charge fees and an other-than-temporary impairment on securities of $179,000 in 2009.

Noninterest Expenses. Total noninterest expenses increased to $4.7 million for 2009 from $4.5 million for 2008, primarily due to a special assessment by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of $119,000 in 2009.

Income Taxes (Benefit). Income tax benefit for 2009, was $(3,501,000) (an effective rate of 23.4%) compared to income taxes of $313,000 (an effective rate of 37.6%) for 2008.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation to a larger extent than interest rates.

Item 8. Financial Statements

The financial statements of OptimumBank Holding, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are set forth in this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.1 and contain the following information:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the Years Then Ended

 

32


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based upon management’s evaluation of those controls and procedures performed within the 90 days preceding the filing of this Report, our Principal Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, subject to the limitations noted below, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Such internal controls over financial reporting were designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, the Company used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based upon our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

(c) Changes in Internal Controls

We have made no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Item 9B. Other Information

The Company did not fail to file any Form 8-K or to disclose any information required to be disclosed therein during the fourth quarter of 2010.

 

33


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Our Directors

The following individuals are our current directors.

Sam Borek, 60, has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company since December 2009, and a director of the Company since March 2004, and of OptimumBank since August 2001. Mr. Borek has served since 1977 as the managing partner of the law firm of Borek & Goldhirsh in Wilmette, Illinois. From 1998 to 2006, Mr. Borek served as a director, and from 2004 to 2006, as Chairman of the Board, of NCB Holdings, Inc., a bank holding company located in Chicago, Illinois. Mr. Borek received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Illinois Urbana in 1972 and a Juris Doctor from the DePaul University School of Law in 1975 and has practiced law in Illinois for the past 33 years. Mr. Borek is very involved in community activities, including prior service as President of the Niles Township School Board for High School District 219, member of the Executive Board of the Niles Township Legislative Coalition, and Director of the Midwest Friends of Israel Sport Center for the Disabled and Maccabi USA Sports for Israel.

Richard L. Browdy, 57, has served as the President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and director of the Company since March 2004, and of OptimumBank since October 2000. Mr. Browdy has been in banking for 36 years. Prior to commencing OptimumBank’s organization process, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Enterprise National Bank of Palm Beach, located in Palm Beach Gardens, Florida in 1998. Mr. Browdy served on Enterprise’s Loan and Credit Committees, chaired the Asset/Liability Committee and was a member of Enterprise’s Management Operations and EDP Committees. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Browdy worked as a consultant. Prior to his consulting practice, Mr. Browdy was employed with Suncoast Savings and Loan Association of Hollywood, Florida, from its inception in 1985 to the merger of the institution with BankUnited of Coral Gables, Florida in 1996 and remained with BankUnited until 1997. Mr. Browdy served in various capacities with Suncoast serving finally as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In the last five years of Mr. Browdy’s employment with Suncoast, the Finance Division, Retail Banking Division, Administrative Services Department, and Management Information Systems Department reported to Mr. Browdy. During Mr. Browdy’s eleven-year tenure at Suncoast, Suncoast originated and purchased over $10 billion in residential loans and over $300 million in commercial real estate loans. From 1979 to 1985, Mr. Browdy was employed with Financial Federal Savings and Loan Association serving finally as Vice President and Accounting Manager. From 1973 to 1979, Mr. Browdy was employed by American Savings and Loan Association of Miami Beach, Florida serving finally as Vice President and Controller. Mr. Browdy currently serves as President of Temple Beth Ahm Israel in Cooper City, Florida. Mr. Browdy graduated from Florida International University in 1976 with a Bachelor of Business in Accounting. Mr. Browdy is an inactive Certified Public Accountant in the State of Florida.

Robert C. Acri, 53, became a director of the Company in October 2010. Since 2001, Mr. Acri has served as President since 2001 of Kenilworth Asset Management, LLC, an Illinois-based asset management and advisory firm servicing high net worth individuals founded by Mr. Acri. Prior to his service with Kenilworth Asset Management, LLC, Mr. Acri served in various management capacities, including portfolio manager, with various financial institutions and firms, including Chicago Investment Group, LLC; Harris Bank; Wintrust Asset Management, Lake Forest, IL; Northern Trust Bank; Van Kampen Investments; Beaven Companies; and Stanford Companies. He was also associated with the law firm of Carrane, Freifeld and Uruba, Esq. Mr. Acri received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Hope College in Holland, Michigan in 1979, a Law Degree from The John Marshall Law School in Chicago and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University in Evanston, Illinois. He is a member of the Illinois Bar and holds Securities Series 7, 24, 65, and 66 licenses.

Larry Willis, 58, has been a director of the Company since its incorporation in March 2004, and of OptimumBank since August 2001. Mr. Willis has served as the Vice President of Annette Willis Insurance Agency, Inc. in Miami, Florida since 1980. He has also served as President of the Willis Family Stables since 1994. Mr. Willis received a Bachelor of Science and a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Miami in Coral Gables, Florida.

Jerry L. Grace, 69, joined the board of directors of the Company in October 2010. Mr. Grace is a private investor and consultant in the financial and real estate industries. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Grace served as the Senior Vice President of Investor Relations and a director of CNG Financial in Cincinnati, Ohio. From 1984 to 1998, he served as the Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer for Provident Financial Group in Cincinnati, Ohio, an $8 billion bank holding company. His responsibilities included bank regulatory and SEC reporting, Treasury functions, asset securitization, and investment banking activities. Prior to 1984 he was employed by Girard Bank, Kidder Peabody, McDonald & Company and The Proctor & Gamble Company. He has served as Past Chair and was a fifteen year board member of Talbert House in Cincinnati and UCATS Board member at University of Cincinnati. He is a graduate of Ohio Wesleyan University with a B.A. in Economics with minors in English, History and Philosophy. He received his Masters degree in Finance from University of Cincinnati and was a Beta Gamma Sigma Honorary Scholar.

 

34


Table of Contents

Wendy Mitchler, 57, has been a director of the Company and OptimumBank since January 2005. She has been the owner of the law firm of Wendy Mitchler, Attorney at Law, located in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, since 1999, and has served as outside counsel to OptimumBank and the Company since 2000. From 1997 to 1999, she served as Controller and General Counsel to Electropharmacology, Inc., a Gainesville, Florida- based publicly held biotechnology company. From 1989 to 1996, she served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel to Suncoast Savings and Loan Association, a Hollywood, Florida- based publicly held savings association. From 1986 to 1989, she served as the Savings and Loan Administrator with the State of Florida Department of Banking and Finance, Division of Banking, and from 1984 to 1986, as assistant general counsel to the State of Florida, Office of Comptroller. From 1983 to 1984, she served as an associate attorney with Stuzin and Camner, PA, a Miami, Florida based firm specializing in the representation of financial institutions, and from 1977 to 1979, as a staff auditor with the public accounting firm of Deloitte, Haskins and Sells. Ms. Mitchler received B.B.A. and M.B.A. degrees in Accounting from Florida Atlantic University and a J.D. in Law from University of Florida. Ms. Mitchler was previously licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Florida from 1977 to 1990.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors.

We have two executive officers who are not directors of the Company.

Thomas A. Procelli, 56, has served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of OptimumBank since its inception in October 2000 and as a director of OptimumBank since October 2010. Mr. Procelli has been in banking for 34 years and has a diverse background in operations, information systems, compliance and audit. Prior to his service with OptimumBank, he was Executive Vice President and Operations Officer for Enterprise National Bank of Palm Beach, located in Palm Beach Gardens, Florida, from March 1998 to August, 2000. Responsibilities included back office operations, information technology, and regulatory compliance. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Procelli worked as a project manager for Fiserv - Mortgage Products Division of Fort Lauderdale, Florida and as an independent consultant for BankUnited, FSB of Coral Gables, Florida. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Procelli served as Director of Data Processing for Suncoast Savings and Loan Association of Hollywood, Florida. In 1991, Mr. Procelli worked as a contingency planning consultant for Consolidated Bank located in Hialeah, Florida. During the ten year period of 1980 to 1990, Mr. Procelli was employed nine years with American Savings and Loan Association, FSB, of Miami, Florida, serving finally as Vice President of Corporate Development after managing several other departments, including Office Automation, Methods and Analysis, and Information Systems Auditing. In 1985, Mr. Procelli served as the Manager of the Computer Audit Assistance Group for the West Palm Beach, Florida office of the public accounting firm of Coopers & Lybrand. Prior to 1980, Mr. Procelli held auditing positions at Intercontinental Bank, Miami Beach, Florida; European American Bank, New York; and, National Westminster Bank USA, New York. Mr. Procelli received his MBA in Finance in 1979 and his BBA degree in Accounting in 1976 from Hofstra University located in Hempstead, New York.

Howard Zusman, 60, joined OptimumBank in August 2010 as Senior Vice President, Lending and Credit Administration, and will serve as the Bank’s Chief Lending and Credit Officer upon his approval by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Mr. Zusman is a highly experienced commercial lender with 35 years’ experience in the South Florida market. He has a proven track record in generating and maintaining strong client relationships in loan and deposit production, as well as successfully managing professional and administrative staff. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Commercial Relationship Manager for CNL Bank in Miami, and held senior lending positions at Colonial Bank, NA, Union Bank of Florida, BankAtlantic in Fort Lauderdale, Mega Bank in Miami, Eagle National Bank in Miami and American Savings in Miami. He was the senior real estate lender at both Mega Bank and Eagle National Bank responsible for all production, administration and work out of all types of real estate and commercial loans. Mr. Zusman received his B.B.A. from the University of Miami and his M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University located in Dallas, Texas where he was elected to Beta Gamma Sigma business Honor Society. He holds the following licenses: Mortgage Broker license, Real Estate Sales Associate license and is a Notary Public, each issued by the State of Florida.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires that the Company’s executive officers and directors, as well as persons who own 10% or more of a class of the Company’s equity securities, file reports of their ownership of the Company’s securities, as well as statements of changes in such ownership, with the SEC. The Company believes that all such filings required during 2010 were made on a timely basis.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of the Company’s financial and accounting reporting processes and the audits of the Company’s financial statements. The Audit Committee is currently composed of three non-employee directors and operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board of Directors. Jerry Grace, Chairman, Larry Willis and Robert Acri make up the Board’s Audit Committee. A copy of the current Audit Committee Charter can be viewed on our Web site at www.optimumbank.com/corpgovernance.html.

 

35


Table of Contents

The Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and independent in accordance with the more stringent NASDAQ listing standards applicable to audit committee members. The Board considered that Mr. Willis is an executive officer of an insurance agency which is used by the Company to obtain commercial property and liability insurance. The Board determined that such payments are not indirect compensatory fees to Mr. Willis, and Mr. Willis is therefore independent under the standards applicable to audit committee members. The Board also has determined that Jerry Grace is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC rules.

Code of Ethics for Senior Executive Officers

The Company has a Code of Ethics that applies to its chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer (who is also its chief accounting officer) and controller, a copy of which is incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K as Exhibit 14.1. This Code of Ethics is also posted on our website at www.optimumbank.com/corpgovernance.html.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Director Compensation

Mr. Browdy, as a salaried employee in 2010, received no compensation for serving as a director, except that he, like all directors, was eligible to receive reimbursement of reasonable expenses incurred in attending Board and committee meetings. During fiscal year 2010, each director, other than Mr. Browdy, received compensation for serving on the Board of Directors and committees of the Board as follows:

 

   

A fee of $500 for each Company regularly scheduled monthly meeting attended. Since the Boards of the Company and the Bank generally meet on the same day for their regularly scheduled monthly meetings, no meeting fees are paid for attendance by Bank directors at Bank board meetings. No meeting fees are paid for attendance at special Board or Board committee meetings.

 

Name

   Cash Awards ($)      All Other
Compensation
    Option  Awards
($)(1)
     Total ($)  

Sam Borek

     6,000.00           —           6,000.00   

Wendy Mitchler

     6,000.00         168,000.00  (2)      —           174,000.00   

Larry Willis

     6,000.00           —           6,000.00   

Robert Acri

     1,500.00           —           1,500.00   

Jerry Grace

     1,500.00           —           1,500.00   

 

(1) No option awards were made to the directors in 2010. The table below shows the aggregate number of shares underlying outstanding stock options held by the named directors at December 31, 2010.

 

Sam Borek

     7,596   

Wendy Mitchler

     4.557   

Larry Willis

     7,596   

Robert Acri

     —     

Jerry Grace

     —     

The options have a 10-year term. The exercise price is 100 percent of the fair market value on the date of grant. All these nonqualified options are fully exercisable.

 

(2) Represents consulting fees paid to Mr. Borek during 2010 for assuming additional responsibilities due to resignation of former Chief Executive Officer. .

 

36


Table of Contents

Executive Officer Compensation

The following table shows the compensation paid by the Company to its executive officers for 2010 and 2009.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
     All  Other
Compensation($)(2)
    Total
Compensation
($)
 

Richard L. Browdy

     2010         212,950 (1)      0         27,191 (4)      240,141   

President and Chief Financial Officer

     2009         236,900        0         52,946 (3)(4)      289,846   

Thomas A. Procelli

     2010         144,200        0         19,123        148,526   

Executive Vice President, OptimumBank

     2009         144,200        0         19,123 (3)(5)      163,323   

Howard Zusman

     2010         65,625 (6)      0         0        65,625   

Executive Vice President, OptimumBank

            

 

(1) Mr. Browdy’s annual base salary was reduced by approximately 20% in June 2010, to $189,000.
(2) Amounts included in this column include simple IRA plan matching contributions made by Company to executives’ accounts as follows: for Mr. Browdy, $6,589 in 2010 and $7,107 in 2009; and for Mr. Procelli, $4,326 in 2010 and $4,326 in 2009. The Company matches the first 3% of the salary contributed by each Company employee to the plan each year.
(3) Includes payments of $17,202 for Mr. Browdy; and $13,498 for Mr. Procelli under the executive medical reimbursement plan.
(4) Includes reimbursement of life insurance premiums of $3,140 each year under agreement with Albert Finch, former CEO and Chairman of the Board, and the Company, $17,462 and $24,627 for the employee’s personal use of a company-owned automobile in 2010 and 2009, respectively, and health club membership dues in 2009.
(5) Includes health club membership dues.
(6) Mr. Zusman joined the Bank in August 2010 at an annual base salary of $180,000.

Stock Options. No stock options were granted to any of the executive officers in 2010. The following table sets forth certain information about the stock options held by the Company’s three executive officers at December 31, 2010. .

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

            Option Awards                
           

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options at

12/31/09

    

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options at

12/31/09

               

Name

   Grant Date      (#)
Exercisable
     (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration  Date
 

Howard Zusman

     —           —           —           —           —     

Richard L. Browdy

     12/27/01         30,388         0         5.00         12/26/11   
     10/31/02         15,194         0         6.75         10/30/12   
     6/30/04         30,388         0         10.00         6/29/14   
     12/29/05         24,310         0         10.00         12/28/15   

 

37


Table of Contents

Thomas A. Procelli

     12/27/01         12,156         0         5.00         12/26/11   
     10/31/02         6,078         0         6.75         10/30/12   
     6/30/04         6,078         0         10.00         6/29/14   
     12/29/05         6,078         0         10.00         12/28/15   

 

38


Table of Contents

Termination of Employment Agreement. The Company is a party to a stock purchase agreement with Richard Browdy and Albert Finch which provides for the purchase and ownership by Mr. Browdy of a $500,000 life insurance policy on Albert Finch, with the annual premiums for such policy reimbursable by the Company. Upon Mr. Finch’s death, Mr. Browdy is required to purchase with the proceeds of the policy any of the Company’s common shares held in Mr. Finch’s estate at the greater of $6.75 per share or the fair market value of the shares. The agreement does not prevent Mr. Finch from transferring any of his Company stock prior to his death. In the event that the aggregate purchase price is less than the death benefit, Mr. Browdy is entitled to the excess proceeds. Mr. Browdy vests in the shares over his five-year period of employment following Mr. Finch’s death, with 40% vesting after the first year, and 15% each year thereafter. For a period of five years after Mr. Finch’s death, if Mr. Browdy’s employment is terminated for cause or voluntarily by Mr. Browdy, the Company has the right to purchase any non-vested shares from Mr. Browdy for $1,000.

Change of Control Agreement. The Company’s stock option plan provides for the accelerated vesting of stock options in the event of a change of control of the Company as defined in the plan.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

This following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the common stock as of April 15, 2011, for:

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

   

each other person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting and investment power with respect to the securities. The persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power or have shared voting and investment power with a spouse with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, unless otherwise indicated in these footnotes.

In addition, shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options beneficially owned that are exercisable within sixty days of April 15, 2011, are deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding those options and other rights, and the group as a whole, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Name and Address* of Beneficial Owners

   Number of Shares Beneficially Owned    

Percent of

Class(10)

 

Directors and Executive Officers:

    

Sam Borek, Chairman of the Board

     53,549 (1)      6.48

Richard L. Browdy, President, Chief Financial Officer and Director

     29,419 (2)      3.48

Larry Willis, Director

     26,898 (3)      3.25

Wendy Mitchler, Director

     14,767 (4)      .90

Jerry Grace, Director

     —          —     

Robert Acri, Director

     —          —     

Thomas A. Procelli, Executive Vice President and Director of OptimumBank

     12,101 (5)      1.46

Howard Zusman, Senior Vice President of Lending, OptimumBank

     —          —     

All directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)

     136,733 (6)(7)      15.68

Other Greater than 5% Shareholders

    

H. David Krinsky

     86,824 (8)      10.60

Hillard Garlovsky

     56,299 (9)      6.87

 

* Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the Company’s directors and executive officers is OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308.

Notes to beneficial ownership table:

 

(1) Includes options to acquire 7,596 shares of common stock; 225 shares held by wife; 10,119 shares held by an entity controlled by reporting person; and 22,848 shares pledged as security.

 

39


Table of Contents
(2) Includes options to acquire 25,069 shares of common stock; 62 shares held by children.

 

(3) Includes options to acquire 7,596 shares of common stock; 31 shares held by daughter and 17,445 shares held by an entity controlled by reporting person..

 

(4) Includes options to acquire 4,557 shares of common stock.

 

(5) Includes options to acquire 7,596 shares of common stock, and 53 shares held by wife.

 

(6) Includes options to acquire 52,413 shares of common stock.

 

(7) Calculated based on 819,411 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 2, 2010, plus options exercisable within sixty days of December 2, 2010 for the individual or the group, as applicable.

 

(8)

The ownership information is based on a Form 4 dated September 1, 2009, filed with the SEC by H. David Krinsky, whose address is c/o Maxim Properties, Inc., 286 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY 10017. Includes 3,039 shares held by an entity controlled by reporting person and 2,432 shares held by children.

 

(9) The ownership information is based entirely on the information contained in a Schedule 13G, dated January 25, 2009, filed with the SEC by Hillard Garlovsky, whose address is 1761 Clendenin, Riverwoods, IL 60015.

 

(10) Calculated based on 819,358 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 15, 2011, plus options exercisable within sixty days of April 15, 2011 for the individual or the group, as applicable.

We had one compensation plan under which shares of our common stock were issuable at December 31, 2010. This plan is our Stock Option Plan and was previously approved by our stockholders. The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to the number of shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the Stock Option Plan:

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

    (a)     (b)     (c)  

Plan Category

  Number of Securities
to  be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options
Warrants and Rights
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and

Rights
    Number of Securities
Remaining Available for

Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation

Plans (excluding
Securities Reflected

in Column (a)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    69,132      $ 30.05        66,147   

Total

    69,132      $ 30.05        66,147   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The following are transactions or proposed transactions in which the Company was or is a party, in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000, and in which a director, director nominee, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our Common Stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Loans to Officers, Directors and Affiliates. The Bank offers loans in the ordinary course of business to its directors and employees, including executive officers, their related interests and immediate family members. Applicable law and Bank policy require that these loans be on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Loans to individual employees, directors and executive officers must also comply with the Company’s lending policies and statutory lending limits, and directors with a personal interest in any loan application are excluded from the consideration of such loan application.

None of the current directors or executive officers of the Company or the Bank have loans outstanding from the Company.

 

40


Table of Contents

Legal Services From Wendy Mitchler. Since 2000, the Company has retained Wendy Mitchler, Attorney at Law, as general counsel. Wendy Mitchler, a director of the Company, is the owner of the law firm of Wendy Mitchler, Attorney at Law. During 2010 and 2009, the Company paid the law firm approximately $220,180 and $104,500, respectively, in legal fees for various legal matters. In addition, payments totaling approximately $900 in 2009 were made by borrowers to the law firm in connection with loan closings for the Bank.

 

41


Table of Contents

Employment of Michel Vogel. Michel Vogel, who is the son-in-law of Richard Browdy, the Company’s President and director, is employed by the Bank as Vice President, Lending, and Senior Relationship Manager. He was paid approximately $103,578 and $90,640 for his services during 2010 and in 2009, respectively. In September 2010, Mr. Vogel’s annual base salary was increased to $135,000.

Consulting Services from Sam Borek. Since December 2009, the Company has paid Sam Borek, Chairman of the Board, a monthly consulting fee of $14,000 in consideration of Mr. Borek’s assumption of increased responsibilities due to the former Chief Executive Officer’s retirement in November 2009 with no other individual assuming that position. Amounts paid as consulting fees to Mr. Borek in 2009 and 2010 were $14,000 and $168,000, respectively. There is no written agreement between the Company and Mr. Borek regarding the amount or continuation of such fees.

Directors’ Independence

The Board of Directors analyzed the independence of each director and determined that the following directors meet the standards of independence of applicable NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) listing standards: Larry Willis, Jerry Grace and Robert Acri. The Board considered that Mr. Willis is an executive officer of an insurance agency which is used by the Company to obtain commercial property and liability insurance. Richard L. Browdy, who is an employee of the Company, Wendy Mitchler, who serves as outside counsel for the Company, and Sam Borek, Chairman of the Board, who also serves as a consultant for the Company, are not considered independent directors.

Committee Members’ Independence

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee consists of Larry Willis, Chair, and Jerry Grace and Robert Acri, all of whom are considered independent under the NASDAQ listing standards. The Compensation Committee operates under written charter adopted and approved by the Board of Directors. A copy of the current Compensation Committee Charter can be viewed on our Web site at www.optimumbank.com/corpgovernance.html.

Nominating Committee. The Company has no formal nominating committee or nominating committee charter but, rather, the three independent members of the Board, Messrs. Larry Willis, Jerry Grace and Robert Acri, perform the functions of a nominating committee.

Audit Committee. Jerry Grace, Chair, Larry Willis and Robert Acri make up the Board’s Audit Committee. The Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is independent in accordance with the more stringent NASDAQ standards applicable to members of audit committees. The Board considered that Mr. Willis is an executive officer of an insurance agency which is used by the Company to obtain commercial property and liability insurance. The Board determined that such payments are not indirect compensatory fees to Mr. Willis, and Mr. Willis is therefore independent under the standards applicable to audit committee members.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Audit and Tax Fees

Hacker, Johnson & Smith PA (“Hacker Johnson”), the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The following table is a summary of the fees billed to the Company by Hacker, Johnson & Smith PA for professional services rendered for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

Fee Category

   2010 Fees      2009 Fees  

Audit Fees

   $ 57,500       $ 69,900   

Tax Fees

   $ 7,000       $ 6,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Fees

   $ 64,500       $ 75,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Audit Fees. Consists of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s financial statements and review of the interim financial statements included in quarterly reports and services that are normally provided by Hacker, Johnson & Smith, PA in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

 

42


Table of Contents

Tax Fees. Consists of fees billed for professional services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These services include assistance regarding federal and state tax compliance.

Pre-approved Services

Consistent with SEC rules regarding auditor independence, the Company’s Audit Committee Charter requires the Audit Committee to pre-approve all audit services and non-audit services permitted by law and Audit Committee policy (including the fees and terms of such services) to be performed for the Company by the independent auditors, subject to the “de minimis” exceptions for non-audit services described in SEC rules that are approved by the Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit. The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to a member of the committee. The decisions of any committee member to whom pre-approval is delegated must be presented to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statements of OptimumBank Holding, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are set forth in this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.1 and contain the following information:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the Years Then Ended

(2) See Exhibit Index.

 

43


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant has caused this 10-K report to be duly signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fort Lauderdale, State of Florida, on the 15th day of April 2011.

 

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

/s/ Richard L. Browdy

Richard L. Browdy
President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 15, 2011.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Richard L. Browdy

  Director

Richard L. Browdy

 

/s/ Sam Borek

  Director and Chairman of the Board

Sam Borek

 

/s/ Jerry Grace

  Director

Jerry Grace

 

/s/ Wendy Mitchler

  Director

Wendy Mitchler

 

/s/ Larry Willis

  Director

Larry Willis

 

/s/ Robert Acri

  Director

Robert Acri

 

 

44


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

3.1    Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on May 11, 2004
3.2    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, effective as of January 7, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on
March 31, 2009)
3.3    Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, effective as of November 5, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2010)
4.1    Form of stock certificate (incorporated by reference from Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed with the SEC on August 12, 2004)
4.3    Bylaws (incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 11, 2004)
10.1    Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed with the SEC on March 31, 2006)
10.2    Stipulation to Entry of Consent Order and Consent Order between OptimumBank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and State of Florida Office of Financial Regulation dated April 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference from current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 26, 2010)
10.3    Agreement between OptimumBank, Albert J. Finch and Richard L. Browdy dated June 14, 2002 (incorporated by reference from Registration Statement on Form 10-SB under the Exchange Act, filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on March 28, 2003) (a)
10.4    Written Agreement by and between OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta dated
June 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 15, 2010)
13.1    Consolidated Financial Statements of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
14.1    Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference from Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2010)
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company*
31.1    Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act*
32.1    Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer under §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
32.1.1    Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer under §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed with Form 10-K/A filed on April 29, 2011)*

 

(a) Represents a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit.
* A copy of the exhibit can be obtained from the SEC website at www.sec.gov or by written request to the President, OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., 2477 East Commercial Boulevard, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33308.


Table of Contents

Exhibit 13.1

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2010 and 2009    F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009    F-6-F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the Years Then Ended    F-8-F-41

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

OptimumBank Holdings, Inc.

Fort Lauderdale, Florida:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s operating and capital requirements, along with recurring losses raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to those matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

HACKER, JOHNSON & SMITH PA

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

April 14, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 1,027      $ 1,556   

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     186        8,506   

Federal funds sold

     13,154        26,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     14,367        36,784   

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $48,839 and $76,984)

     51,057        81,141   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $3,703 and $9,363

     113,542        134,126   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     3,173        3,551   

Premises and equipment, net

     2,796        2,941   

Foreclosed real estate, net

     3,215        5,487   

Accrued interest receivable

     644        1,088   

Deferred tax asset

     —          772   

Income taxes receivable

     772        3,577   

Other assets

     739        490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 190,305      $ 269,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Liabilities:

    

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

     309        199   

Savings, NOW and money-market deposits

     36,654        44,222   

Time deposits

     111,275        107,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     148,238        151,682   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     31,700        57,700   

Other borrowings

     —          41,800   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155        5,155   

Advanced payment by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     806        945   

Official checks

     815        694   

Other liabilities

     756        693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     187,470        258,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 1, 4, 9, 14 and 16)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, no par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $.01 par value; 1,500,000 and 6,000,000 shares authorized in 2010 and 2009, 819,358 and 3,276,842 shares issued and outstanding in 2010 and 2009

     8        33   

Additional paid-in capital

     19,071        19,046   

Accumulated deficit

     (16,244     (7,791
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     2,835        11,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 190,305      $ 269,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Interest income:

    

Loans

   $ 6,301      $ 8,986   

Securities

     2,409        4,985   

Other

     77        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     8,787        14,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Deposits

     2,783        3,626   

Borrowings

     2,084        4,725   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     4,867        8,351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,920        5,655   

Provision for loan losses

     3,645        15,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan losses

     275        (10,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

    

Service charges and fees

     39        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on sale of securities

     1,350        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other

     5        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities available for sale:

    

Total other-than-temporary impairment of securities

     —          (179

Less: Portion of other-than-temporary losses recognized in other comprehensive loss

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net impairment loss recognized in operations

     —          (179
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income (expense)

     1,394        (145
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noninterest expenses:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

     1,857        2,053   

Occupancy and equipment

     586        614   

Data processing

     202        173   

Professional fees

     1,732        605   

Insurance

     186        42   

Stationary and supplies

     42        41   

Foreclosed real estate expenses

     469        17   

Regulatory assessment

     642        511   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     3,699        —     

Other

     358        642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     9,773        4,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes (benefit)

     (8,104     (14,982

Income taxes (benefit)

     349        (3,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,453   $ (11,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

    

Basic

   $ (10.32   $ (14.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (10.32   $ (14.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     Common Stock    

Additional

Paid-In

     Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
    Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
    Total
Stockholders’
 
     Shares     Amount     Capital      Deficit)     Loss     Equity  

Balance at December 31, 2008

     3,120,992      $ 31      $ 18,494       $ 4,244      $ (4   $ 22,765   
             

 

 

 

5% stock dividend (fractional shares paid in cash)

     155,850        2        552         (554     —          —     
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net loss

     —          —          —           (11,481     —          (11,481

Net change in unrealized loss on security available for sale

     —          —          —           —          4        4   
             

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

                (11,477
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     3,276,842      $ 33      $ 19,046       $ (7,791   $ —        $ 11,288   
             

 

 

 

Net loss

     —          —          —           (8,453     —          (8,453

Reverse stock split (1 for 4 shares)

     (2,457,484     (25     25         —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     819,358      $ 8      $ 19,071       $ (16,244   $ —        $ 2,835   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (8,453   $ (11,481

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     158        186   

Provision for loan losses

     3,645        15,794   

Deferred income tax (benefit)

     772        (204

Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable

     2,805        (3,577

Gain on sale of securities

     (1,350     —     

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     3,699        —     

Net amortization of fees, premiums and discounts

     (345     (137

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

     444        189   

(Increase) decrease in other assets

     (249     317   

Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate

     243        —     

Provision for losses on foreclosed real estate

     —          8   

Write-down of foreclosed real estate

     126        —     

Other-than-temporary impairment of securities

     —          179   

Increase (decrease) in official checks and other liabilities

     184        (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,679        1,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of securities held to maturity

     (24,328     (24,032

Principal repayments and calls of securities held to maturity

     11,389        25,364   

Proceeds from sale of securities

     44,869        248   

Net decrease in loans

     16,740        5,074   

Purchase of premises and equipment, net

     (13     (33

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate, net

     1,951        —     

Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     378        (25
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     50,986        6,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

     (3,444     36,757   

Repayment of other borrowings

     (44,764     —     

Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     (26,735     (11,000

Net (decrease) increase in advanced payment by borrowers for taxes and insurance

     (139     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (75,082     25,767   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (22,417     33,564   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

     36,784        3,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

   $ 14,367      $ 36,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-6


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid (received) during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 4,917      $ 8,527   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ (3,228   $ 300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash transactions:

    

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net change in unrealized loss on security available for sale, net of tax

   $ —        $ 4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock dividend

   $ —        $ 554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan transferred to foreclosed real estate

   $ 533      $ 5,400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans made in connection with sale of foreclosed real estate

   $ 485      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reverse stock split

   $ 25      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the Years Then Ended

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization. OptimumBank Holdings, Inc. (the “Holding Company”) is a one-bank holding company and owns 100% of OptimumBank (the “Bank”), a state (Florida)-chartered commercial bank. The Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are OB Real Estate Management, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings, LLC and OB Real Estate Holding 1503, LLC, all of which were formed in 2009 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1695, OB Real Estate Holdings 1669, OB Real Estate Holdings 1645 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1565, all formed in 2010. The Holding Company’s only business is the operation of the Bank and its subsidiaries(collectively, the “Company”). The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank offers a variety of community banking services to individual and corporate customers through its three banking offices located in Broward County, Florida. OB Real Estate Management, LLC is primarily engaged to manage foreclosed real estate. This subsidiary had no activity in 2010 and 2009. All real estate holding subsidiaries are primarily engaged to hold and dispose of foreclosed real estate.

Going Concern. The Company’s recent and continuing increases in nonperforming assets, declining net interest margin, continuing high levels of noninterest expenses related to the credit problems, and eroding regulatory capital raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company has not complied with its regulatory capital requirements set forth in the Consent Order issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Florida Office of Financial Regulation (“OFR”) and Prompt Corrective Action provisions discussed in Note 14, Regulatory Matters. The Company needs to raise substantial additional capital. Since January 2011, the Company has conducted a private placement offering of its common stock. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will raise sufficient capital, if any, in the private placement offering, to meet the Bank’s capital requirements. Further, there can be no assurance that other financing alternatives or recapitalization plans will be available, forthcoming or successfully implemented, or receive regulatory approval.

Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Holding Company, the Bank, OB Real Estate Management, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings 1503, LLC, OB Real Estate Holdings 1695, OB Real Estate Holdings 1669, OB Real Estate Holdings 1645 and OB Real Estate Holdings 1565. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounting and reporting practices of the Company conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to general practices within the banking industry. The following summarizes the more significant of these policies and practices:

(continued)

 

F-8


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Use of Estimates. In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed real estate and the deferred tax asset.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and balances due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold, all of which mature within ninety days.

The Company may be required by law or regulation to maintain cash reserves in the form of vault cash or in accounts with other banks. There were no reserve balances required at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Securities. Securities may be classified as either trading, held to maturity or available for sale. Trading securities are held principally for resale and recorded at their fair values. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are included immediately in operations. Held to maturity securities are those which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are reported at amortized cost. Available for sale securities consist of securities not classified as trading securities nor as held to maturity securities. Unrealized holding gains and losses on available for sale securities are reported as a net amount in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity until realized. Gains and losses on the sale of available for sale securities are determined using the specific-identification method. Premiums and discounts on securities are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

Loans. Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs.

Commitment fees, and loan origination fees are deferred and certain direct origination costs are capitalized. Both are recognized as an adjustment of the yield of the related loan.

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is ninety days delinquent unless the loan is well collateralized and in process of collection. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

(continued)

 

F-9


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Loans, Continued. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to operations. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For such loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loans are lower than the carrying value of those loans. The general component covers all other loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

For nonspecific loans in all classes, the general component is based on historical loss experience and adjusted for certain qualitative factors such as economic conditions and other trends or uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable loss.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial real estate, land and construction and multi-family real estate loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent.

(continued)

 

F-10


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Allowance for Loan Losses, Continued. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.

Foreclosed Real Estate. Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure is to be sold and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of the new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Premises and Equipment. Land is stated at cost. Buildings and improvements, furniture, fixtures, equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each type of asset or lease term, if shorter.

Preferred Securities of Unconsolidated Subsidiary Trust. On September 30, 2004, the Company acquired the common stock of OptimumBank Holdings Capital Trust I (“Issuer Trust”), an unconsolidated subsidiary trust. The Issuer Trust used the proceeds from the issuance of $5,000,000 of its preferred securities to third-party investors and common stock to acquire a $5,155,000 debenture issued by the Company. This debenture and certain capitalized costs associated with the issuance of the preferred stock comprise the Issuer Trust’s only assets and the interest payments from the debentures finance the distributions paid on the preferred securities. The Company recorded the debenture in “Junior Subordinated Debenture” and its equity interest in the business trust in “Other Assets” on the consolidated balance sheets (See Note 7).

The Company has entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the preferred securities of the Issuer Trust subject to the terms of the guarantee.

Transfer of Financial Assets. Transfers of financial assets or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. A participating interest is a portion of an entire financial asset that (1) conveys proportionate ownership rights with equal priority to each participating interest holder (2) involves no recourse (other than standard representations and warranties) to, or subordination by, any participating interest holder, and (3) does not entitle any participating interest holder to receive cash before any other participating interest holder.

(continued)

 

F-11


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Income Taxes. There are two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods.

Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted accounting guidance relating to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2010, management is not aware of any uncertain tax positions that would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax (benefit) expense.

The Holding Company and the Bank file a consolidated income tax return. Income taxes are allocated proportionately to the Holding Company and the Bank as though separate income tax returns were filed.

Advertising. The Company expenses all media advertising as incurred. Media advertising expense included in other noninterest expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was approximately $10,100 and $15,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(continued)

 

F-12


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Stock Compensation Plan. The Company has adopted the fair value recognition method and expenses the fair value of any stock options as they vest. Under the fair value recognition method, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2005, all outstanding options had vested.

Loss Per Share. Basic loss per share is computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. In 2010 and 2009, basic and diluted loss per share is the same due to the net loss incurred by the Company. All amounts reflect the one-for-four reverse stock split declared in October 2010 and the 5% stock dividend declared in May 2009. Loss per common share has been computed based on the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted loss per common share

     819,358         819,358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments. In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded.

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy requires the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The hierarchy describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities that are not active; and model-driven valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable. Valuations may be obtained from, or corroborated by, third-party pricing services.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs to measure fair value of assets and liabilities for which there is little, if any market activity at the measurement date, using reasonable inputs and assumptions based upon the best information at the time, to the extent that inputs are available without undue cost and effort.

(continued)

 

F-13


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Fair Value Measurements, Continued. The following describes valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value:

Impaired Loans. The Company’s impaired loans are normally collateral dependent and, as such, are carried at the lower of the Company’s net recorded investment in the loan or fair market value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. Estimates of fair value are determined based on a variety of information, including the use of available appraisals, estimates of market value by licensed appraisers or local real estate brokers and the knowledge and experience of the Company’s management related to values of properties in the Company’s market areas. Management takes into consideration the type, location and occupancy of the property as well as current economic conditions in the area the property is located in assessing estimates of fair value. Accordingly, fair value estimates for impaired loans are classified as Level 3.

Foreclosed Real Estate. Estimates of fair values are determined based on a variety of information, including the use of available appraisals, estimates of market value by licensed appraisers or local real estate brokers and the knowledge and experience of the Company’s management related to values of properties in the Company’s market areas. Management takes into consideration the type, location and occupancy of the property as well as current economic conditions in the area the property is located in assessing estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the fair values estimates for foreclosed real estate are classified as Level 3.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair values of financial instruments disclosed herein:

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value.

Securities. Fair values for securities are based on the framework for measuring fair value established by GAAP.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock. Fair value of the Company’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock is based on its redemption value, which is its cost of $100 per share.

Loans. For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for certain fixed-rate mortgage (e.g. one-to-four family residential), commercial real estate and commercial loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Accrued Interest Receivable. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its fair value.

(continued)

 

F-14


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Fair Values of Financial Instruments, Continued.

Deposit Liabilities. The fair values disclosed for demand, NOW, money-market and savings deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on time deposits to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities of time deposits.

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances, Junior Subordinated Debenture and Other Borrowings. Fair values of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, junior subordinated debenture and other borrowings which consist of securities sold under an agreement to repurchase are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowings rates for similar types of borrowings.

Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments. Fair values for off-balance-sheet lending commitments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.

Comprehensive Loss. GAAP generally requires that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net loss. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items along with net loss, are components of comprehensive loss. The only component of other comprehensive loss is the net change in the unrealized loss on the security available for sale.

Recent Pronouncements. In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820), which amends the guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. This guidance requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. Furthermore, it requires a reporting entity to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs; clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value; and amends guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require that disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. It was effective for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the rollforward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures were effective January 1, 2011. In the period of initial adoption, entities will not be required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. The adoption of this ASU had no effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(continued)

 

F-15


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

Recent Pronouncements, Continued. In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. The new disclosures will require significantly more information about credit quality in a financial institution’s loan portfolio. This statement addresses only disclosures and does not change recognition or measurement of the allowance. For public entities, the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on December 31, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. For nonpublic entities, the disclosures are effective for annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of the ASU had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(2) Securities

Securities have been classified according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and approximate fair values are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

At December 31, 2010:
Securities Held to Maturity:

          

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 50,957       $ 130       $ (2,348   $ 48,739   

State of Israel bond

     100         —           —          100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 51,057       $ 130       $ (2,348   $ 48,839   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009:
Securities Held to Maturity:

          

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 81,041       $ 1,567       $ (5,724   $ 76,884   

State of Israel bond

     100         —           —          100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 81,141       $ 1,567       $ (5,724   $ 76,984   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following summarizes sales of securities available for sale (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Proceeds from sales of securities

   $ —         $ 248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross gains from sale of securities

     —           —     

Gross losses from sale of securities

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net gains from sale of securities

   $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-16


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(2) Securities, Continued

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company sold twenty-two held to maturity securities in order to downsize and deleverage its balance sheet. This action was taken in an effort to comply with a significant increase in the regulatory capital requirements imposed on the Bank under a Consent Order issued by the FDIC and OFR (see Note 14).

The following summarizes sales of securities held to maturity (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Proceeds from sales of securities

   $ 44,869      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross gains from sale of securities

     1,492        —     

Gross losses from sale of securities

     (142     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gains from sale of securities

   $ 1,350      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Less Than Twelve Months      Over Twelve Months  
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 

Mortgage-backed securities

   $ 268       $ 19,890       $ 2,080       $ 20,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-17


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(2) Securities, Continued

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. A security is impaired if the fair value is less than its carrying value at the financial statement date. When a security is impaired, the Company determines whether this impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses, management assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized in operations. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment recognized in operations is limited to the amount related to credit losses, while impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive loss. Management utilizes cash flow models to segregate impairments to distinguish between impairment related to credit losses and impairment related to other factors. To assess for OTTI, management considers, among other things, (i) the severity and duration of the impairment; (ii) the ratings of the security; (iii) the overall transaction structure (the Company’s position within the structure, the aggregate, near-term financial performance of the underlying collateral, delinquencies, defaults, loss severities, recoveries, prepayments, cumulative loss projections, and discounted cash flows); and (iv) the timing and magnitude of a break in modeled cash flows.

The unrealized losses on eighteen investment securities were caused by market conditions. It is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the book value of the investments. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to market conditions and not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until a market price recovery or maturity, these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.

In evaluating mortgage-backed securities with unrealized losses greater than 12 months, management utilizes various resources, including input from independent third party firms to perform an analysis of expected future cash flows. The process begins with an assessment of the underlying collateral backing the mortgage pools. Management develops specific assumptions using as much market data as possible and includes internal estimates as well as estimates published by rating agencies and other third-party sources. The data for the individual borrowers in the underlying mortgage pools are generally segregated by state, FICO score at issue, loan to value at issue and income documentation criteria. Mortgage pools are evaluated for current and expected levels of delinquencies and foreclosures, based on where they fall in the proscribed data set of FICO score, geographics, LTV and documentation type and a level of loss severity is assigned to each security based on its experience. The above-described historical data is used to develop current and expected measures of cumulative default rates as well as ultimate loss frequency and severity within the underlying mortgages. This reveals the expected future cash flows within the mortgage pool. The data described above is then input to an industry recognized model to assess the behavior of the particular security tranche owned by the Company. Significant inputs in this process include the structure of any subordination structures, if applicable, and are dictated by the structure of each particular security as laid out in the offering documents. The forecasted cash flows from the mortgage pools are input through the security structuring model to derive expected cash flows for the specific security owned by the Company to determine if the future cash flows are expected to exceed the book value of the security. The values for the significant inputs are updated on a regular basis.

(continued)

 

F-18


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(2) Securities, Continued

The key base assumptions for mortgage-backed securities used during 2010 are in the table below:

 

Prepayment rate      12-69 % PSA 
Loss severity      27-68
Cumulative default rate      0.81-6.04
Principal write-down      0 -.04

Loss severity rates are estimated based on collateral characteristics and generally range from 27-68% for single family first mortgages.

In 2009, the Company recorded a $179,000 other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charge to adjust for credit losses relating to five mortgage-backed securities held to maturity with a total remaining principal balance of $9.5 million and fair value of $8.6 million. Based on its detailed analysis, management has determined that the fair market value is not significantly depressed and therefore the remaining decline was not recorded as an adjustment to other comprehensive loss. There was no OTTI charge in 2010.

The table below provides a cumulative roll forward of credit losses recognized in operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 relating to the Company’s held to maturity debt securities (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 179   

Additions for credit losses on securities not previously impaired

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 179   
  

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-19


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(3) Loans

The components of loans are as follows (in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Residential real estate

   $ 40,130      $ 55,915   

Multi-family real estate

     4,213        5,162   

Commercial real estate

     55,119        58,901   

Land and construction

     17,292        22,355   

Consumer

     358        836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     117,112        143,169   

Add (deduct):

    

Net deferred loan fees, costs and premiums

     134        322   

Loan discounts

     (1     (2

Allowance for loan losses

     (3,703     (9,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 113,542      $ 134,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of the change in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows (in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010        
     Residential
Real
Estate
    Multi-Family
Real
Estate
    Commercial
Real
Estate
    Land
and
Construction
    Consumer     Total     2009  

Beginning balance

   $ 2,049      $ 489      $ 1,466      $ 5,227      $ 132      $ 9,363      $ 1,906   

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     878        (64     2,405        510        (84     3,645        15,794   

Charge-offs

     (1,663     (154     (2,330     (5,223     (54     (9,424     (8,337

Recoveries

     21        11        1        —          86        119        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,285      $ 282      $ 1,542      $ 514      $ 80      $ 3,703      $ 9,363   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment:

              

Recorded investment

   $ 12,608      $ —        $ 21,215      $ 10,649      $ 249      $ 44,721      $ 43,501   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance in allowance for loan losses

   $ —        $ —        $ 11      $ 75      $ —        $ 86      $ 5,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment:

              

Recorded investment

   $ 27,522      $ 4,213      $ 33,904      $ 6,643      $ 109      $ 72,391      $ 99,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance in allowance for loan losses

   $ 1,285      $ 282      $ 1,531      $ 439      $ 80      $ 3,617      $ 3,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-20


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued

The following summarizes the loan credit quality at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Pass      OLEM
(Other Loans
Especially
Mentioned)
     Substandard      Doubtful      Loss      Total  

Residential real estate:

                 

Closed-end mortgages first mortgages

   $ 23,542       $ 3,697       $ 9,691       $ —         $ —         $ 36,930   

Closed-end second mortgages

     3,200         —           —           —           —           3,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential real estate

     26,742         3,697         9,691         —           —           40,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

     4,213         —           —           —           —           4,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     12,960         1,238         1,837         —           —           16,035   

Non-owner-occupied

     18,042         3,638         17,404         —           —           39,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

     31,002         4,876         19,241         —           —           55,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

     4,976         1,667         10,649         —           —           17,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                 

Non-real estate secured

     99         —           151         —           —           250   

Real estate secured

     108         —           —           —           —           108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     207         —           151         —           —           358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 67,140       $ 10,240       $ 39,732       $ —         $ —         $ 117,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Internally assigned loan grades are defined as follows:

Pass – a Pass loan’s primary source of loan repayment is satisfactory, with secondary sources very likely to be realized if necessary. These are loans that conform in all aspects to bank policy and regulatory requirements, and no repayment risk has been identified.

OLEM (Other Loans Especially Mentioned) – an Other Loan Especially Mentioned has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard – a Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

(continued)

 

F-21


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued

Doubtful – a loan classified Doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard, with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. The Company fully charges off any loan classified as Doubtful.

Loss – a loan classified Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future. The Company fully charges off any loan classified as Loss.

Age analysis of past-due loans is as follows at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Accruing Loans                
     30-59
Days
Past Due
     60-89
Days
Past Due
     Greater
Than 90
Days
Past Due
     Total
Past
Due
     Current      Nonaccrual
Loans
     Total
Loans
 

Residential real estate:

                    

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 27,239       $ 9,691       $ 36,930   

Closed-end second mortgages

     —           —           —           —           3,200         —           3,200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     —           —           —           —           30,439         9,691         40,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

     —           —           —           —           4,213         —           4,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

                    

Owner-occupied

     —           —           —           —           14,198         1,837         16,035   

Non-owner-occupied

     3,195         —           —           3,195         20,881         15,008         39,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,195         —           —           3,195         35,079         16,845         55,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

     —           —           —           —           9,449         7,843         17,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

                    

Non-real estate secured

     99         —           —           99         —           151         250   

Real estate secured

     —           —           —           —           108         —           108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     99         —           —           99         108         151         358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,294       $ —         $ —         $ 3,294       $ 79,288       $ 34,530       $ 117,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-22


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued

Nonaccrual loans and loans past due ninety days but still accruing at December 31, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 23,848   
  

 

 

 

Past due ninety days or more, but still accruing interest

   $ -   
  

 

 

 

The following summarizes the amount of impaired loans at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 

     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
 

With no related allowance recorded:

        

Residential real estate- Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 12,608       $ 14,272       $ —     

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

     1,837         1,857         —     

Non-owner-occupied

     18,204         20,466         —     

Land and construction

     9,980         15,018         —     

Consumer- Non-real estate secured

     249         249         —     

With an allowance recorded:

        

Commercial real estate- Non-owner-occupied

     1,174         1,174         11   

Land and construction

     669         669         75   

Total:

        

Residential real estate- Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 12,608       $ 14,272       $ —     

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 1,837       $ 1,857       $ —     

Non-owner-occupied

   $ 19,378       $ 21,640       $ 11   

Land and construction

   $ 10,649       $ 15,687       $ 75   

Consumer- Non-real estate secured

   $ 249       $ 249       $ —     

(continued)

 

F-23


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(3) Loans, Continued

The average net investment in impaired loans and interest income recognized and received on impaired loans are as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010  
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Interest
Income
Received
 

Residential real estate- Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 7,081       $ 20       $ 35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Multi-family real estate

   $ 387       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

        

Owner-occupied

   $ 1,266       $ —         $ 4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-owner-occupied

   $ 15,279       $ 267       $ 366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Land and construction

   $ 9,965       $ 26       $ 253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer- Non-real estate secured

   $ 9       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following summarizes the amount of impaired loans at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):

 

Collateral-dependent loans identified as impaired:

  

Gross loans with no related allowance for losses

   $ 21,846   
  

 

 

 

Gross loans with related allowance for losses recorded

     18,032   

Less allowances on these loans

     (5,542
  

 

 

 

Net loans with related allowance

     12,490   
  

 

 

 

Net investment in collateral-dependent impaired loans

     34,336   
  

 

 

 

Noncollateral-dependent loans identified as impaired:

  

Gross loans with related allowance for losses recorded

     3,623   

Less allowance on these loans

     (65
  

 

 

 

Net investment in noncollateral-dependent impaired loans

     3,558   
  

 

 

 

Net investment in impaired loans

   $ 37,894   
  

 

 

 

The average net investment in impaired loans and interest income recognized and received on impaired loans in 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Average investment in impaired loans

   $ 25,017   
  

 

 

 

Interest income recognized on impaired loans

   $ 280   
  

 

 

 

Interest income received on impaired loans

   $ 584   
  

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-24


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(4) Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment follows (in thousands):

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Land

   $ 1,171      $ 1,171   

Buildings and improvements

     1,959        1,959   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     1,026        1,022   

Leasehold improvements

     119        119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, at cost

     4,275        4,271   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,479     (1,330
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 2,796      $ 2,941   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company currently leases two branch facilities under operating leases. One lease contains renewal options and requires the Company to pay an allowable share of common area maintenance and real estate taxes. The other lease only requires the Company to pay real estate taxes. Rent expense under operating leases during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $133,000 and $131,000 respectively. At December 31, 2010, the future minimum lease payments are approximately as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2011

   $ 133   

2012

     84   

2013

     80   
  

 

 

 
   $ 297   
  

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-25


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(5) Foreclosed Real Estate

Foreclosed real estate is presented net of an allowance for losses. An analysis of the allowance for losses on foreclosed real estate is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Balance of beginning of year

   $ 21      $ 13   

Provision for losses on foreclosed real estate

     —          8   

Charge-offs

     (21     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ —        $ 21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses applicable to foreclosed real estate are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Write-down on foreclosed real estate

   $ 126       $ —     

Provision for losses on foreclosed real estate

     —           8   

Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate

     243         —     

Operating expenses

     100         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 469       $ 17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(6) Deposits

The aggregate amount of time deposits with a minimum denomination of $100,000, was approximately $51.3 million and $52.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

A schedule of maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2010 follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending

December 31,

   Amount  

2011

   $ 87,919   

2012

     15,939   

2013

     4,309   

2014

     820   

2015

     2,288   
  

 

 

 
   $ 111,275   
  

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-26


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(7) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Junior Subordinated Debenture

The maturities and interest rates on the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Maturity

Year Ending

December 31,

   Call
Date
     Interest
Rate
       
        At December 31,  
        2010      2009  

2010

     —           3.16   $ —         $ 5,000   

2010

     —           3.12        —           5,000   

2012

     2011         4.75        4,000         4,000   

2013

     —           3.44        —           3,000   

2013

     —           3.00        —           5,000   

2013

     2011         3.64        7,500         7,500   

2014

     —           3.64        —           8,000   

2016

     —           4.51        5,000         5,000   

2016

     —           4.65        8,000         8,000   

2016

     —           4.44        5,600         5,600   

2017

     2011         4.38        1,600         1,600   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 
        $ 31,700       $ 57,700   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain of the above advances are callable by the FHLB starting in the year indicated.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the FHLB advances were collateralized by $15.8 million of securities and by a lien on qualifying residential one-to-four family mortgage loans, commercial and multi-family real estate loans and second mortgage loans.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company sold mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations with a carrying value of $13.8 million in order to downsize and deleverage its balance sheet in order to increase the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios to comply with the Consent Order issued by the FDIC and OFR (see Note 14). The proceeds from the sale of securities were used to prepay approximately $16 million in FHLB advances secured by these securities. The Company realized a loss from prepayment penalties of approximately $735,000.

On September 30, 2004, the Company issued a $5,155,000 junior subordinated debenture to an unconsolidated subsidiary. The debenture has a term of thirty years. The interest rate was fixed at 6.4% for the first five years, and thereafter, the coupon rate floats quarterly at the three-month LIBOR rate plus 2.45% (2.73% at December 31, 2010). The junior subordinated debenture, due in 2034, is redeemable in certain circumstances after October 2009. The terms of the debenture agreement allows the Company to defer payments of interest on the debenture by extending the interest payment period at any time during the term of the debenture for up to twenty consecutive quarterly periods. During 2010, the Company exercised its right to defer payment of interest on the debenture. Interest payments deferred as of December 31, 2010 totaled $179,000.

(continued)

 

F-27


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(8) Other Borrowings

Other borrowings consisted of securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The securities sold under the agreements to repurchase were delivered to the broker-dealer who arranged the transactions. Information concerning the securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Balance at year end

   $ —        $ 41,800   

Average balance during the year

   $ 7,558      $ 41,800   

Average interest rate during the year

     4.24     4.20

Maximum month-end balance during the year

   $ 41,800      $ 41,800   

Securities held to maturity pledged as collateral

   $ —        $ 49,175   

Cash pledged as collateral

   $ —        $ 7,847   

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company sold mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations with a carrying value of $29.6 million in order to downsize and deleverage its balance sheet in order to increase the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios to comply with the Consent Order issued by the FDIC and OFR (see Note 14). The proceeds from the sale of securities were used to prepay approximately $41.8 million in reverse repurchase agreements secured by these securities. The Company realized a loss from prepayment penalties of approximately $3.0 million.

 

(9) Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows (in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2010      At December 31, 2009  
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Amount
     Fair
Value
 

Financial assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,367       $ 14,367       $ 36,784       $ 36,784   

Securities held to maturity

     51,057         48,839         81,141         76,984   

Loans

     113,542         113,513         134,126         134,365   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     3,173         3,173         3,551         3,551   

Accrued interest receivable

     644         644         1,088         1,088   

Financial liabilities:

           

Deposit liabilities

     148,238         148,929         151,682         152,381   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     31,700         33,425         57,700         59,206   

Other borrowings

     —           —           41,800         43,537   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155         4,740         5,155         4,875   

Off-balance sheet financial instruments

     —           —           —           —     

(continued)

 

F-28


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(9) Financial Instruments, Continued

The Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments are commitments to extend credit and may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in these financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Because some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company, upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company has no commitments to extend credit.

 

(10) Credit Risk

The Company grants the majority of its loans to borrowers throughout Broward and portions of Palm Beach and Miami-Dade Counties, Florida. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a significant portion of its borrowers’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the economy in Broward, Palm Beach and Miami-Dade Counties, Florida.

(continued)

 

F-29


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(11) Income Taxes

Income taxes (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ (423   $ (3,297

State

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current

     (423     (3,297
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (2,191     (1,506

State

     (446     (824

Valuation allowance

     3,409        2,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred

     772        (204
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 349      $ (3,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory Federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  
     Amount     % of
Pretax
Loss
    Amount     % of
Pretax
Loss
 

Income taxes (benefit) at statutory rate

   $ (2,755     (34.0 )%    $ (5,094     (34.0 )% 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

        

State taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

     (294     (3.6     (544     (3.6

Change in valuation allowance

     3,409        42.1        2,126        14.2   

Other

     (11     (.2     11        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 349        4.3   $ (3,501     (23.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-30


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(11) Income Taxes, Continued

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below (in thousands).

 

     At December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 434      $ 2,516   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     4,933        317   

Premises and equipment

     92        58   

Impaired securities

     67        67   

Foreclosed property expenses

     14        —     

Other

     27        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     5,567        2,958   

Less: Valuation allowance

     5,535        2,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     32        832   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Loan costs

     (10     (18

Prepaid expenses

     (22     (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (32     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —        $ 772   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company assessed its earnings history and trend over the past year and its estimate of future earnings, and determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the near term. Accordingly, a valuation allowance was recorded against the net deferred tax asset for the amount not expected to be realized in the future.

At December 31, 2010, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $12.1 million for Federal and $23.0 million for Florida available to offset future taxable income. These carryforwards will begin to expire in 2029.

The Company files U.S. and Florida income tax returns. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal or state and local income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years before 2007.

(continued)

 

F-31


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(12) Related Party Transactions

The Company has entered into transactions with its executive officers, directors and their affiliates in the ordinary course of business. There were loans to related parties at December 31, 2010 and 2009 of approximately $244,000 and $4,164,000, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, these same related parties had approximately $975,000 and $1,092,000, respectively, on deposit with the Company.

 

(13) Stock-Based Compensation

The Company established an Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) for officers, directors and employees of the Company and reserved 157,680 (amended) shares of common stock for the plan. Both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options may be granted under the plan. The exercise price of the stock options is determined by the board of directors at the time of grant, but cannot be less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The options vest over three and five years.

However, the Company’s board of directors authorized the immediate vesting of all stock options outstanding as of December 29, 2005 and no stock options have been granted since 2005. The options must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2010, 66,794 options (amended) were available for grant. The plan terminated on February 27, 2011.

A summary of the activity in the Company’s stock option plan is as follows. All option amounts reflect the one-for-four reverse stock split declared in October 2010 and the 5% stock dividend declared in May 2010 (dollars in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining

Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     132,186      $ 29.24         

Forfeited

     (27,197     32.00         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     104,989        28.52         

Forfeited

     (35,857     27.84         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding and exercisable at

          

December 31, 2010

     69,132      $ 30.05         3.1 years       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-32


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(14) Regulatory Matters

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the regulatory banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and percentages (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2010, the Bank did not meet the capital adequacy ratios as required in the Consent Order discussed below.

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and percentages are also presented in the table (dollars in thousands).

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    Minimum
To Be  Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
    Requirements of
Consent Order
 
     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %     Amount      %  

As of December 31, 2010:

                    

Total Capital to Risk- Weighted Assets

   $ 9,639         6.70   $ 11,513         8.00   $ 14,392         10.00   $ 17,270         12.00

Tier I Capital to Risk- Weighted Assets

     7,817         5.43        5,757         4.00        8,635         6.00        N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital to Total Assets

     7,817         4.02        7,786         4.00        9,733         5.00        15,572         8.00   

As of December 31, 2009:

                    

Total Capital to Risk- Weighted Assets

   $ 18,342         10.23   $ 14,349         8.00   $ 17,937         10.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital to Risk- Weighted Assets

     16,012         8.93        7,175         4.00        10,762         6.00        N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital to Total Assets

     16,012         5.85        10,952         4.00        13,690         5.00        N/A         N/A   

(continued)

 

F-33


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(14) Regulatory Matters, Continued

Regulatory Matters - Company. The Company is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). On June 22, 2010, the Company entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta (“Reserve Bank”) with respect to certain aspects of the operation and management of the Company (the “Written Agreement”).

The Written Agreement contains the following principal requirements:

 

   

The board of directors of the Company must take appropriate steps to fully utilize the Company’s financial and managerial resources to serve as a source of strength to the Bank, including, but not limited to, taking steps to ensure that the Bank complies with the Consent Order entered into with the OFR and the FDIC and any other supervisory action taken by the Bank’s state or federal regulator.

 

   

The Company may not declare or pay any dividends without prior Reserve Bank and Federal Reserve approval.

 

   

The Company may not, directly or indirectly, take dividends or any other form of payment representing a reduction in capital from the Bank without prior Reserve Bank approval.

 

   

The Company and its nonbank subsidiary, OptimumBank Holdings Capital Trust I, may not make any distributions of interest, principal, or other sums on subordinated debentures or trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Federal Reserve.

 

   

The Company and its nonbank subsidiary, OptimumBank Holdings Capital Trust I, may not, directly or indirectly, incur, increase, or guarantee any debt or purchase or redeem any shares of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

 

   

The Company must obtain prior written consent from the Reserve Bank before appointing any new director or senior executive officer, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the officer would assume a different senior executive officer position, and must comply with the regulations applicable to indemnification and severance payments.

 

   

The Company must provide quarterly progress reports to the Reserve Bank, along with parent company only financial statements.

(continued)

 

F-34


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(14) Regulatory Matters, Continued

Regulatory Matters - Bank. Effective April 16, 2010, the Bank consented to the issuance of a Consent Order by the FDIC and the OFR, also effective as of April 16, 2010.

The Consent Order represents an agreement among the Bank, the FDIC and the OFR as to areas of the Bank’s operations that warrant improvement and presents a plan for making those improvements. The Consent Order imposes no fines or penalties on the Bank. The Consent Order will remain in effect and enforceable until it is modified, terminated, suspended, or set aside by the FDIC and the OFR.

The Consent Order contains the following principal requirements:

 

   

The Board of Directors of the Bank is required to increase its participation in the affairs of the Bank and assume full responsibility for the approval of sound policies and objectives for the supervision of all of the Bank’s activities.

 

   

The Bank is required to have and retain qualified and appropriately experienced senior management, including a chief executive officer, a chief lending officer and a chief financial officer, who are given the authority to implement the provisions of the Consent Order.

 

   

Any proposed changes in the Bank’s Board of Directors or senior executive officers are subject to the prior consent of the FDIC and the OFR.

 

   

The Bank is required to maintain both a fully funded allowance for loan and lease losses satisfactory to the FDIC and the OFR and a minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12% for as long as the Consent Order remains in effect.

 

   

The Bank must undertake over a two-year period a scheduled reduction of the balance of loans classified “substandard” and “doubtful” in its 2009 FDIC examination by at least 75%.

 

   

The Bank is required to reduce the volume of its adversely classified private label mortgage backed securities under a plan acceptable to the FDIC and OFR.

 

   

The Bank must submit to the FDIC and the OFR for their review and comment a written business/strategic plan covering the overall operation of the Bank.

 

   

The Bank must implement a plan to improve earnings, addressing goals and strategies for improving and sustaining earnings, major areas for improvement in the Bank’s operating performance, realistic and comprehensive budgets and a budget review process.

(continued)

 

F-35


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(14) Regulatory Matters, Continued

 

   

The Bank is required to revise, implement and incorporate recommendations of the FDIC and OFR with respect to the following policies or plans:

 

   

Lending and Collection Policies

 

   

Investment Policy

 

   

Liquidity, Contingency Funding and Funds Management Plan

 

   

Interest Rate Risk Management Policy

 

   

Internal Loan Review and Grading System and

 

   

Internal Control Policy.

 

   

The Bank’s Board of Directors must review the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and establish a comprehensive policy satisfactory to the FDIC and OFR for determining such adequacy at least quarterly thereafter.

 

   

The Bank may not pay any dividends or bonuses without the prior approval of the FDIC.

 

   

The Bank may not accept, renew or rollover any brokered deposits except with the prior approval of the FDIC.

 

   

The Bank is required to notify the FDIC and OFR prior to undertaking asset growth of 10% or more per annum while the Consent Order remains in effect.

 

   

The Bank is required to file quarterly progress reports with the FDIC and the OFR.

The Bank has implemented comprehensive policies and plans to address all of the requirements of the Consent Order and has incorporated recommendations from the FDIC and OFR into these policies and plans. Management believes that the Bank is currently in substantial compliance with all the requirements of the Consent Order except for the Bank’s failure to attain the regulatory capital ratio requirements. The Company is conducting a private placement offering of its common stock intended to result in the Bank attaining such capital ratios. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will raise sufficient capital, if any, in the private placement offering for the Bank to achieve material compliance with these ratios.

(continued)

 

F-36


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(15) Dividends

The Company is limited in the amount of cash dividends that may be paid. Banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends and loans or advances made by the Bank to the Holding Company. The amount of cash dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the Holding Company is based on the Bank’s net earnings of the current year combined with the Bank’s retained earnings of the preceding two years, as defined by state banking regulations. However, for any dividend declaration, the Company must consider additional factors such as the amount of current period net earnings, liquidity, asset quality, capital adequacy and economic conditions. It is likely that these factors would further limit the amount of dividends which the Company could declare. In addition, bank regulators have the authority to prohibit banks from paying dividends if they deem such payment to be an unsafe or unsound practice. At December 31, 2010, the Bank and Holding Company could not pay cash dividends (See Note 14).

 

(16) Contingencies

Various claims also arise from time to time in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, none have occurred that will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(17) Simple IRA

The Company has a Simple IRA Plan whereby substantially all employees participate in the Plan. Employees may contribute up to 15 percent of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company makes matching contributions equal to the first 3% of an employee’s compensation contributed to the Plan. Matching contributions vest to the employee immediately. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, expense attributable to the Plan amounted to $35,000 and $42,000, respectively.

(continued)

 

F-37


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(18) Fair Value Measurement

Impaired collateral-dependent loans are carried at fair value when the current collateral value is lower than the carrying value of the loan. Those impaired collateral-dependent loans which are measured at fair value or a nonrecurring basis are as follows (in thousands):

 

     At December 31, 2010     

Losses

Recorded in

Operations

For the

Year Ended

 
     Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
     December 31,
2010
 

Residential real estate-Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 4,136       $ —         $ —         $ 4,136       $ 561       $ 561   

Commercial real estate:

                 

Owner-occupied

     70         —           —           70         20         20   

Non-owner-occupied

     8,893         —           —           8,893         2,583         1,857   

Land and construction

     7,231         —           —           7,231         1,815         1,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 20,330       $ —         $ —         $ 20,330       $ 4,979       $ 3,801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     At December 31, 2009     

Losses

Recorded in

Operations

For the

Year Ended

 
     Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
     December 31,
2009
 

Residential real estate:

                 

Closed-end first mortgages

   $ 3,412       $ —         $ —         $ 3,412       $ 1,227       $ 1,227   

Closed-end second mortgages

     200         —           —           200         205         205   

Multi-family real estate

     842         —           —           842         562         562   

Commercial real estate-Non-owner-occupied

     1,656         —           —           1,656         1,844         1,844   

Land and construction

     7,855         —           —           7,855         4,490         4,426   

Consumer-Non-real estate secured

     1         —           —           1         198         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,966       $ —         $ —         $ 13,966       $ 8,526       $ 8,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with a carrying value of $15,796,000 and $20,370,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were measured for impairment using Level 3 inputs and had a fair value in excess of carrying value.

(continued)

 

F-38


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(18) Fair Value Measurement, Continued

Foreclosed real estate is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Foreclosed real estate which is measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis is as follows (in thousands):

 

     At Year End            

Losses

Recorded

 
     Fair
Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Losses
     During the
Year
 

At December 31, 2010

   $ 3,215       $ —         $ —         $ 3,215       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

   $ 5,487       $ —         $ —         $ 5,487       $ 82       $ 8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(19) Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s board of directors authorized a one-for-four reverse stock split on October 18, 2010, which became effective on November 5, 2010, with fractional shares rounded up to the next largest whole share. As part of the reverse stock split, the Company amended its Articles of Incorporation on November 5, 2010, to ratably decrease the number of common shares authorized from 6,000,000 shares to 1,500,000 shares.

(continued)

 

F-39


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(20) Holding Company Financial Information

The Holding Company’s unconsolidated financial information as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years then ended follows (in thousands):

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

     At December 31,  
     2010      2009  

Assets

     

Cash

   $ 172       $ 286   

Investment in subsidiary

     7,817         16,012   

Other assets

     180         180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 8,169       $ 16,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

     

Other liabilities

   $ 179       $ 35   

Junior subordinated debenture

     5,155         5,155   

Stockholders' equity

     2,835         11,288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

   $ 8,169       $ 16,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Loss of subsidiary

   $ (8,195   $ (11,189

Interest expense

     (144     (275

Other expense

     (114     (147

Loss before income tax benefit

     (8,453     (11,611

Income tax benefit

     —          (130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (8,453   $ (11,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued)

 

F-40


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

 

(20) Holding Company Financial Information, Continued

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (8,453   $ (11,481

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiary

     8,195        11,189   

Decrease in other assets

     —          76   

Increase (decrease) in accrued other liabilities

     144        (110
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (114     (326
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activity- Dividend from subsidiary

     —          250   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (114     (76

Cash at beginning of the year

     286        362   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

   $ 172      $ 286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash transactions:

    

Change in accumulated other comprehensive loss of subsidiary, net change in unrealized loss on security available for sale, net of tax

   $ —        $ 4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock dividend

   $ —        $ 554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reverse stock split

   $ 25      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

VOTE BY INTERNET OR TELEPHONE

QUICK *** EASY *** IMMEDIATE

 

As a stockholder of OptimumBank Holdings, Inc., you have the option of voting your shares electronically through the Internet or on the telephone, eliminating the need to return the proxy card. Your electronic vote authorizes the named proxies to vote your shares in the same manner as if you marked, signed, dated and returned the proxy card. Votes submitted electronically over the Internet or by telephone must be received by 7:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on September 27, 2011.

 

LOGO   OR   LOGO   OR   LOGO

Vote Your Proxy on the Internet:

Go to www.cstproxyvote.com

Have your proxy card available when you access the above website. Follow the prompts to vote your shares.

   

Vote Your Proxy by Phone:

Call 1 (866) 894-0537

Use any touch-tone telephone to vote your proxy. Have your proxy card available when you call. Follow the voting instructions to vote your shares

   

Vote Your Proxy by mail:

Mark, sign, and date your proxy card, then detach it, and return it in the postage-paid envelope provided.

PLEASE DO NOT RETURN THE PROXY CARD IF YOU ARE

VOTING ELECTRONICALLY OR BY PHONE

q  FOLD AND DETACH HERE AND READ THE REVERSE SIDE  q

 

PROXY     Please mark your votes like this   x
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED. IF NO DIRECTION IS PROVIDED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED “FOR” THE PROPOSALS. THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.’S BOARD OF DIRECTORS.      

 

        FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
1.         ISSUANCE OF UP TO 37,500,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN A PROPOSED PRIVATE PLACEMENT   ¨   ¨   ¨
        FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
2.         AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO INCREASE AUTHORIZED SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO 50,000,000   ¨   ¨   ¨
        FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
3.         ADJOURNMENT OF SPECIAL MEETING IF NECESSARY   ¨   ¨   ¨

 

COMPANY ID:

PROXY NUMBER:

ACCOUNT NUMBER:

 

Signature  

 

  Signature  

 

  Date  

 

  , 2011.

IMPORTANT–PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS NAME APPEARS HEREON. When shares are held by joint owners, both should sign. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee, or guardian, please give full title as such. If a corporation, please sign in full corporate name by President or other authorized officer. If a partnership, please sign in partnership name by an authorized person.


Table of Contents

 

 

q  FOLD AND DETACH HERE AND READ THE REVERSE SIDE  q

OPTIMUMBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

PROXY

FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

September 28, 2011

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The undersigned hereby appoints SAM BOREK and RICHARD L. BROWDY, and each of them, with full power of substitution, as proxies to vote the shares which the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to be held on September 28, 2011, at 10:00 a.m. or at any adjournment thereof. Such shares shall be voted as indicated with respect to the proposals listed on the reverse side hereof and in the discretion of the proxies on such other matters as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

(CONTINUED, AND TO BE MARKED, SIGNED AND DATED ON THE REVERSE SIDE)